Upload
others
View
3
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
¡$. r-z-.1
I
NITRATE SELECTIVE RESINS
INTERACTION OF MONOMERIC AND POLYMERIC
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM COMPOUNDS WITHNITRATES
by
Gary "Petert' Owens
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Thesis submitted for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy
1n
The University of Adelaide
Department of ChemistrY
March 1995
Table of Contents
Absract
Statement...
Acknowledgements
Quotation
Abbreviations
1 General Introduction.
1
v
vi
vii
viü
ix
1.1
t.2
Introduction
Nitrates and Health Effects
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
4
6
6
6
7
7
8
1.2.1 Metabolism...........
1.2.2 Methaemoglobinaemia
1.2.3 Nitrosamines and Cancer
I.3 Nitrate Distribution in Nature
1 .3 . 1 The Nitrogen Cycle
1.3.2 Nitrate Distribution in Australia. .. . . .
1.4 Current Methods of Nitrate Removal.
1.4.1 Biological Denitrification.
1.4.2 Blending
1.4.3 Reverse Osmosis.
1.4.4 Ion Exchange.....
1.5 Nitrate Selective Resins
1.5.1 Amidines
L.5.2 Salinogen Resins.
1.5.3 Commercial Resins
1.5.4 Polyallyamine Resins.
1.5.5 Polystyrene-divinylbenzene Resins
... 10
... 11
...13
... 16
...18
...231.6 Conclusion...
ll
2 Synthetic Methods and Characterization.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
General Experimental .
Monomeric Analogues
..33
28
28
32
35
37
39
46
46
47
47
49
50
52
52
54
54
55
55
58
63
64
64
Linea¡ Polymers
3.1
3.2
2.3.1 Monomers...........
2.3.2 Polymerization.......
Cross-linked Polymers
Interpretation of NMR
3 Solubility, Enthalpy and Entropy-
Introduction .....
The Stn¡cnre of Water.
3.2.1 Flickering Cluster Model
3.2.2 Structure Breaking and Structure Making by Ions
3.2.3 Hydrophobic Interactions..
3 .2.4 Theory of Solution . . . .
3.3 Water-Solute Interactions....
3.3.1 Alkanes
3.3.2 Tetraaþlammonium Salts
Solubility
Enthalpy and Entropy of Solution..........
Halides
Nitrates
3.4 Methods and Experimental
3.4.I Assumptions Regarding Activity Coefficients......
3.5 Trends in the Benzylrialkylammonium Salts .. . .
4.1
4.2
Solubility
Enthalpy and Entropy of Solution...
3.6 Conclusion ....
4 Density and ViscositY.
Introduction .
Theoretical Basis...
Introduction
Theory
5.2.L Nuclei within a Magnetic Field.
5.2.2 Relaxation and Quadrupole Effects ...........
5.2.3 Relaxation and Rotational Correlation Times
5.2.4 Equilibrium Constants.
64
66
74
79
79
79
81
82
83
84
84
85
87
87
89
90
96
4.2.L Density......
Extrapolation to Infinite Dilution
4.2.2 Viscosity
Viscosity in the Presence of Solute
4.3 Experimental Techniques..........
4.3 .l Determination of Density . . . .
4.3 .2 Determination of Viscosity . . .
4.4 Results and Discussion
4.4.L Patial Molar Volumes
4.4.2 Viscosity
4.4.3 Cation Size and Hydration
4.5 Conclusion
5 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance.
5.1
5.2
.. 108
99
100
100
104
105
5.3 ExperimentalMethods 111
lv
5.3.1 Solution Preparation
5.3.2 Density and ViscositY.
5.3.3 Design of the Spin-lattice Relaxation Experiment ..... .
Choice of Pulse Sequence.
Choice of Delay Times
5.3.4 NMR.
5 .4 Results and Discussion . ...... .
5.4.1 Relaxation in Simple Nitrate Salts........
Concentration Dependence.........
5.4.2 Relaxation in Benzyltrialkylammonium Salts.
5 .4.3 Relaxation in Linear Polymer-Nitrate Solutions . . . .
5 . 4.4 Relaxation in Crosslinked Polymer-Nitrate Solutions
5.5 Conclusion
6 Conclusion.
111
6 Conclusion .. . ...
Appendices.
S electivity Palameters
Preliminary Synthesis' of Improved Capacity Resins......
Accuracy of the Spectrophotometer
Enthalpy and Entropy of Tetraalkylammonium Halides
Calibration of Pycnometers............
Experimental Data and Fitting Pammeters ,
AO
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
..154
111
r12
Lt2
115
115
116
116
t20
130
140
145
t49
A-1
A-6
A-r4
A-16
A-23
A-28
ABSTRACT
The aim of this work was to discover the basic principles that govern the selective
removal of nitrates from drinking water by ion-exchange resins. Nitrate association of
vinylbenzyltrialþlammonium polymers and their monomer analogues were studied using
14N nmr spin-lattice relaxation times and a method for interpreting the non-linear
concentration dependence of these times, in terms of ion association, was presented for
the first time.
When applied to simple nitrate salts (NH¿+, K+, Na+, Ag+, Ca2+,B,a2*,p62+¡ the
method confirmed that the rate of chemical exchange was slow relative to molecular
reorientation of the nitrate ion. Treatment of monomer analogues, such as
benzytrialklyammonium salts, indicated that association for nitrate increased with the
length of the alkyl substituent. The advantage of this new technique was that it could be
used over a wide range of concentrations up to near saturation. 'When applied to linear
polymers it was found that nitrate association increased with the size of the alkyl group
and that the relaxation time was related to hindered rather than site bound nitrate. The
relaxation time was also found to give information on the hindered rotational state of the
nitrate ion in lightly cross-linked gels. Any selectivity observed for monomeric analogues
was enhanced upon polymerization.
Solubility measurements and application of the Van't Hoff isochore enabled the
thermodynamics of the solution process of the monomer analogues to be examined more
closely. The results were interpreted in tenns of significant hydrophobic bonding by these
cations. Density and viscosity measurements of aqueous solutions of these salts
supported the notion that these salts caused an increase in the structure of water in their
vicinity. The degree of hydration increased with the size of the alkyl substituent and this
was attributed to increased clathrate cage formation. In this respect it was concluded that
these salts were not significantly different from tetraalkylammonium salts and that
addition of a benzyl substituent instead of an alkyl group had not significantly altered the
solution properties.
vlt
I would like to thank Dr. Tom Kurucsev for accepting me as his last postgraduate
student as well as for his help, understanding and constructive criticism. I am only sorry
that I did not always live up to his high standards. I would also like to extend my thanks
to include Dr. Barry J. Steel for accepting me as a pseudo student and for his exceptional
insight. I would also like to thank my partner in crime Philippe Guarilloff for comic relief
and other things that occasionally approached chemistry.
I also have to thank all the people that have helped to keep me sane these last few
years and those that loved me even when I was unlovable. My sincere thanks to Miss
Sonya Whitbread for support, encouragement and for proof reading sections of this
thesis. Thanks also to Reina Whitbread, Ramesh Dhillon and Mike Papps for friendship,
distractions and support in recent times. Thanks also to all the technical staff and
students, past and present, of the department of chemistry, who I have met, and said
goodbye to along the way.
It would be remiss of me if I did not thank my three bosses, Graham Bull, Rob
Morris and Peter Roberts. It was a pleasure to have worked with each of them and I am
so very sorry the department has not given them the recognition they so rightly deserve.
An Adelaide University Scholarship for postgraduate research is acknowledged in
the same begrudging manner that it was awarded.
vlll
'What did Dr Thurmer say to you, boy? I understand you had quite a little chat.'
'Yes, we did. We really did. I was in his office for around two hours, I guess.'
'What'd he say to you?'
'Oh ... well, about Life being a game and all. And how you should play it according to
the ru|es. He was pretty nice about it. I mean he didn't hit the ceiling or anything. He just
kept talking about Life being a game and all. You know.'
'Life is a. gamq boy. Life is a game that one plays according to the rules.'
'Yes, sir. I know it is. I know it.'
Game, my ass. Some game. If you get on the side where all the hot-shots are, then it's a
game, all right - I'll admit that. But if you get on the other side, where there aren't any
hot-shots, then what's a game about it? Nothing. No game.
J. D. Salinger
The Catcher in the Rye.
Ncr,c
NCT,S
lx
Abbreviations and Symbols
= Separation factor indicating the relative preference by a resin for nitrate
over chloride.
= Separation factor indicating the relative preference by a resin for nitrate
over sulfate.
= Standa¡d Gibbs free energy of solution.
= Standa¡d Enthalpy of solution.
= Standard Entropy of solution.
= Molar absorptivity.
= Asymmetry factor.
= Mean ionic activity coefhcient.
= Relative viscosity.
= Wavelength maximum.
= Absolute density.
= Rotational correlation time.
= Rotational correlation time for rotation about the Cz axis of the nitrate ion.
= microseconds.
= Ion size parameter in cm.
= Mole fraction of nitrate bound.
= Angstrom.
= 2,2'-azo-bis-isobutyronitrile (free radical initiator).
= Localized binding ratio.
= Aryl substituent, CoHs-
= Analytical grade reagent.
= boiling point.
= butylsubstituent,CH3CH2CH2CH2-
: Benzyl substituent, -CH2C6FI5
= Resin capacity in meq dm-3.
= calorie.
= 95Vo Confidence Interval.
AGosol
ÂHosol
ÂSosol
€
95
T¡
lrIru^
p
Xç
1r
ps
a
A
Å
AIBN
Al
Ar
AR
b.p.
Bu
Bz
C
cal
CI
x
CLVo
CME
CPE
calc.
cond.
COIT.
DADMAC
dec.
DVB
EMF
Et
expt.
FAB
FHIRFT
He
HEXA
hrs
HSP
hvd
Hz
IR
IRFT
i-Pe
KÈ
Kl
K¡
K5
cross-linking percentage.
cross-linked poly(vinylbenzyltrimethylammonium chloride).
cross-linked poly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride).
calculated.
conductance.
corrected.
Diallyldimethylammonium chloride.
decomposes.
Divinybenzene.
Electomotive force.
ethyl substituent, CH3CH2-
experimental.
Fast atom bombardment.
Freeman-Hill modification of the Inversion Recovery Fourier Transform
pulse sequence.
hexyl s ub stitue n t, CH3 CH2CHzCHzCHzCHz-
1,6 dibromohexane.
hours.
Homospoiling pulse.
hydration.
Hertz.
Infrared.
Inversion Recovery Fourier Transform pulse sequence.
isopentyl substituent, (CHg)zCH C}l2C}f2-
Selectivity coefficient indicating the selectivity of a resin for nitrate relative
to chloride.
= Selectivity coeff,rcient indicating the selectivity of a resin for nitrate relative
to sulfate.
= Thermodynamicassociationconstant.
= Stoichiometricassociationconstant.
XI
Iat
lit.
LPBU
LPET
LPME
LPPE
LPPR
Me
meq
mg
MHG
rnl
m.p.
MS
Mw
n
nm
nlnr =
NSS =
NQCC,1 =
Oc=PDAA =
Pe=pH=PMeDAA =
PMeTAA =
ppm =
PPTDAA =
Pr=ps=
lattice.
literature.
linear poly (vinylbenzyltributylammonium chloride).
linear poly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride).
linear poly(vinylbenzyltrimethyl ammonium chloride)
linear poly(vinylbenzyltripentylammonium chloride).
linear poly(vinylbenzylripropylammonium chloride)
methyl substituent, CH3-
milliequivalent.
milligram.
Methaemoglobinaemia
millilitre.
melting point.
milliseconds.
Molecular weight.
number of transients.
nanometers.
Nuclear magnetic resonance.
Nitrate to sulphate selectivity index.
Nuclear quadrupole coupling constant.
octyl substituent, CH:(CHz) sCHz-
Polydiallyamine.
pentyl sub stituent, CH¡ CHzCHzCHzCHz-
-log[H+]
Polymethyldiallyamine.
Polymethyltriallyamine.
parts per million.
Polypropyldiallyamine.
propyl sub stituent, CH3CH2CH2-
picoseconds
xll
PS-DVB =
PSFT =
TTAA =
PVA =
QTüXA =R=rad =
ref =
S_
S=SATMA =
S/N =
Sol =
SRFT =
Tt='tirãl
T6=T¡=TLC =
TMS =
T¿=UV=WHO =
Poly styrene-d ivinylbenzene matrix.
Progressive Saturation Fourier Transform pulse sequence.
Polytriallyamine.
Polyvinylalcohol.
1,6-bis(N,N,N-diallymethylammonium)hexane dichloride.
Mole ratio of nitrate to polymer.
radians.
reference.
seconds
Molal solubility.
Spacer arrn trimethylammonium cation.
Signal to noise ratio.
solution.
Saturation Recovery Fourier Transform pulse sequence.
Spin-lattice or lon gitudinal relaxation time.
Acquisition time.
bound relaxation time of the nitrate ion.
free relaxation time of the nitrate ion.
Thin layer chromatography.
Trimethylsilane
Delay or recycle time.
Ultra-violet (spectroscopy).
World Health Organization.
xlll
Spectroscopi c Abbreviati ons
õ chemical shift in ppm
broad
doublet
multiplet, medium
quartet
singlet, strong
riplet
weak
br
d
m
q
s
t
w
lll
1
General Introduction.
1.1 Introduction.
The contamination of drinking water by nitrates is one of the three major water
quality problems facing health organizations today (1). The other problems being bacterial
contamination and pollution due to toxic chemicals from industrial spills.
The main concern in recent years has been possible health effects associated with
the presence of high concentrations of nitrate in potable drinking water. The World Health
Organization (V/HO) has recommended a limit of 11.3 mg of nitrate as nitrogen per litre
(2), which is exceeded in many places, suggesting the need for a method of nitrate
removal from such polluted water supplies.
1.2 Nitrates and Health Effects.
L.2.1 Metabolism.
Nitrates are readily absorbed by the body. The main sources of introduction being
by way of food and drinking water. The exact metabolism of nitrates in humans is not
completely understood, although once absorbed into the bloodstream it plays little role in
normal biological functions and is readily excreted, primarily in the urine. Nitrate is
absorbed in the upper gastrointestinal tract and concentrated ultimately by the salivary
glands in the saliva. However, nitrate itself is not very toxic and the major health
concerns are due to the bacterial reduction of nitrate to nitrite within the body. Bacterial
reduction occurs mainly within the mouth and the stomach.
Introduction
The endogenous production of nitrite in human saliva can be as much as twenty
times the amount ingested. Bacterial reduction of nitrate in the stomach to nitrite does
occur, but conversion is small unless the pH is greater than 4.6. For an adult stomach
where the pH is in the range 1-5, this means there is no significant conversion. However,
in this pH range the produced nitrites can react with secondary and tertiary amines and
amides to form nitrosamines which may be carcinogenic. The rate of reaction is greatest at
pH 3.5 or less. There are therefore essentially two major health hazards,
methaemoglobinaemia and cancer.
1.2.2 Methaemoglobinaemia.
Methaemoglobinaemia (MHG) is a very rare illness found almost exclusively in
infants below four months of age. In extreme cases symptoms include vomiting and
diarrhoea always accompanied by a blueness of the skin, medically referred to as
cyanosis. Unless treated it will result in death.
MHG is usually traced to nitrate polluted water which was used to prepare infant
formulae and food. The nitrate is bacterially reduced to nitrite in the upper intestine or
stomach and the nitrite in turn oxidizes haemoglobin to methaemoglobin.
Methaemoglobin is a pigment which is incapable of acting as an oxygen carrier. Thus
death occurs due ro oxygen deprivation and it is this that results in the distinct blue
colouration. MHG is also known as "blue-baby syndrome" and may be related to cot
death.
There are several reasons why infants are prone to MHG. Physiologically, the
stomach pH of infants is almost neutral and so there is a high degree of nitrate reduction
in the stomach. Up until about 4 months of age the concentration of metheamoglobin
reductase, an enzyme that reduces metheamoglobin, is also low and the infant cannot
adequarely remove produced methoglobin (1). More practically, the fluid intake per unit
body weight of an infant is approximately three times that of an adult and often water
used for preparing baby foods undergo repeated boiling prior to preparation, thereby
increasing the nitrate concentration.
2
Inftoduclion
MHG poses no serious health threat provided it is diagnosed early enough to allow
treatment. The suggested treatment involves intravenous injection of methylene blue, 1-2
mg kg-1 of body weight of a lVo methylene blue solution in normai saline over a 10
minute period (1). The methylene blue converts metheamoglobin back to hemoglobin. In
milder cases the oral administration of ascorbic acid (Vitamin C), which also reduces
metheamoglobin, may be more suitable (1).
1.2.3 Nitrsoamines and Cancer.
Nitrates produced by reducing bacteria in the stomach and mouth can possibly
combine with secondary and tertiary amines in foodstuffs to produce nitrosamines. There
is some evidence that nitrosamines are carcinogenic in animals (3), but disagteement
concerning the toxicity of these nitrosamines in humans (4).
The formation of nitrosamines can easily be inhibited by many antioxidants, such as
Vitamin C (5), which are readily available in fresh fruit and vegetables. However in
developing countries or remote ateas were fresh fruit and vegetables are scarce this mode
of protection may not be possible. The obvious alternative is the removal of nitrates prior
to ingestion.
1.3 Nitrate Distribution in Nature
1.3.1 The Nitrogen Cycle.
Nitrate is widely distributed throughout nature and its conversion from the many
available oxidation states is described by the Nitrogen Cycle (6).
Almost 95Vo of the nitrogen containing compounds found in topsoil are bound in
organic ma6er. The nitrate present in the soil is taken up by crop and plantlife. The
plantlife in turn is used by a variety of animals as a food source. The nitrate being later
returned to the soil when the plants or animals die or through faeces and urine. However,
when the soil is cultivated, the crop or livestock are later removed and cannot be recycled
J
Inlroduction 4
into the soil. The nitrogen must therefore be externally replenished otherwise depletion
will quickly occur. The discovery of the Haber process in 1905 allowed the production of
an unlimited amount artificial nitrate fertilisers to replace the limited stockpiles of natural
fertilizers (7).
In an excellent review by Owen and Jûrgens-Gshwind (4) the distribution of
nitrates has recently been summarised. In general, nitrate movement closely follows the
movement of water, so that rainfall or excess irrigation in winter favours loss of nitrate
from soil due to leaching, but a similar rainfall in summer will result in the water being
taken up by plantlife. Leaching and runoff are enhanced by sandy or loamy soils and a
lack of plantcover. The application of higher concentrations of nitrogen fertilizer also
leads to greater leaching of nitrates from soils to groundwater. These and other effects
help to explain the highly variable concentrations of nitrate groundwater in areas having
similar arable lands.
1.3.2 Nitrate Distribution in South Australia.
The majority of groundwater sources in South Australia, Fig. 1.1. and Table 1.1.,
appear to have nitrate levels well below the WHO limit, with the exception of water from
the Musgrave basin. In this case the high nitrate level was attributed to a seasonal effect,
resulting from the fixation of atmospheric nitrogen by native vegetation (8). The results
should be viewed with caution because the measurements are only the average nitrate
levels from a limited number of observation wells in any particular basin. It is only when
looking at particular bore sites that high levels of nitrate become evident.
Lawrence (9) conducted an exhaustive review of nitrate levels in groundwater
throughout South Australia and identified 138 bores that had nitrate levels greater than 20
ppm. The nitrate levels varied greatly between bore sites, having an upper limit of 490
ppm nea.r Blanche. Although this survey is somewhat old, there is no reason to suspect
that nitrate levels would have diminished and may have actually increased in some areas
due to increased agricultural activity. Information supplied by the Department of Housing
and Construction (10) also indicates that some aboriginal communities which rely on
Unrl Boundary
Sed menlary Bas,d t
MUSGRAVEBLOCK
STUAFfSHELF
YOFKE PENINSULA
Table I I Median Anion Concentrations ofSouth AustrulianCroundu,ater î
Rcgion Chloride Nitrilre ¡ìs N Sulldte
sr. v¡t¡cENtEAâIN
(Jts r\, Ëìcs¡¡ìMumv lJrsinSl VirccDt BnsinMt Lofty/Flindcrs RangesYork Pen¡nsulrEyre Pcninsulr['irie ]'orens ËlasinCrert Atrcsifln BnsinOhrv ,\rcN,lusgrirve ßlock.Strrirn ShclIEuclr Il¡sin
240s803ó0
0680.230.23
448819
130I 2004r0
1200700
ì 700190
| 700.5 I (X)
0,451,05,2
0560.2 3l 8l
t510
068
tó0t9062
170260110160
-5t0r 200
rcltrcncc ll. conccntmtions in nt¡y'L lppnt), No dtttarLr,¡rilrbie on the Ol'l'iccr Brsin
Fig. 1.1. Seclinrentury llrsins unrl lrigh rrrtrute level observittiorl wclls il] SoLrth Austrlliit.
Introduction 6
borewater may experience high levels of nitrate contamination. The isolated nature of
many of these wells highlights the need for a method of nitrate removal that is simple,
portable and relatively inexpensive.
1.4 Current Methods of Nitrate Removal.
Many methods have been suggested for the removal of nitrates from drinking water
(10-15,17-41). All the reported methods have both advantages and disadvantages which
shall be briefly reviewed in this section. It appears that ion-exchange offers the highest
efficiency and cost effectiveness of all the currently available methods.
I.4.1 Biological Denitrification.
In this method bacteria are used to reduce nitrate to nitrogen (Il,I2). The main
disadvantage is that the reduction is sometimes incomplete and produces nitrite which is a
far more hazardous compound. The process also introduces other toxic substances such
as methanol, which acts as electron donor and is therefore essential for the reduction.
There also exists the possibility that the microbiological integrity of the water might be
compromised by such treatment (13). Several pilot plants utilizing microbiological
denitrification are in operation and great promise exists for its dual application with ion-
exchange techniques (14).
I.4.2 Blending.
The simplest method for reducing nitrate concentrations below a nominal value is
by blending polluted water with unpolluted water to give a lower nitrate concentration by
dilution. This is a perfectly acceptable method provided an alternate source of nitrate free
water is available. Unfortunately this is not always the case and from a scientific
standpoint also side steps the issue of selective nitrate removal. It is likely however,
Inlroduction
where applicable, that because of its ease and cost effectiveness, any pilot plant will
include blending in combination with one or more of the other methods discussed here.
L.4.3 Reverse Osmosis.
Reverse osmosis uses a semi-permeable membrane to remove ions from solution.
Like Blending, the main disadvantage is that it is not selective for nitrate and so all ions
are removed. Generally, the nonselective removal of all contaminants is found to be
considerably more expensive. Most membranes are curently prepared from cellulose
acetate or its derivatives. The use of such membranes requires that the wastewater be
extensively pretreated to avoid organic fouling and results in additional treatment costs.
The membranes are also subject to deterioration during extended use. It is believed that
further research into the design of membranes from polymeric materials will solve some
of these problems (15). Finally, the level of sophisticated instrumentation required for
reverse osmosis makes it unsuitable for small-scale water purif,rcation in rural areas.
1.4.4 Ion-Exchange.
Ion-exchange has become one of the most important methods for nitrate removal
and a wide variety of compounds have been reported to selectively remove nitrate. This
selective removal is important because not all ions are harmful and many have beneficial
effects. Unfortunately many compounds which remove nitrate to some degree normally
remove sulfate to a greater degree. It has been an on going problem to find compounds
suitable for use as ion-exchange resins which selectively remove nitrate in preference to
sulfate from potable water.
The two most desirable properties of a commercial ion-exchange resin are a high
capacity for nitrate and significant selectivity for nitrate over other coûìmon anions present
in the water. Given that two resins possess similar such properties the ease with which
the spent resin can be regenerated becomes important in determining commercial viability.
A review of the previous attempts to prepare nitrate selective resins follow. The capacity
7
Introduction 8
and a measure of the suspected nitrate selectivity will be discussed, while the regeneration
efficiency of the resins is, in general, poorly reported and will not be reviewed.
1.5 Nitrate Selective Resins.
There are three commonly used parameters for the discussion of nitrate-sulfate
selectivity the separation factor, the selectivity coefficient and the nitrate-to-sulfate
selectivity factor respectively denoted, o\n, rN and NSS.
Consider first the reaction between a monovalent ion, such as nitrate, and an ion-
exchange resin conditioned with another monovalent ion, such as chloride. The two
monovalent ions will compete for available binding sites on the resin. The equilibrium can
be represented by,
No¡- CI <+ Nor + cl- (1)+
where NO¡- and Cl- denote free anions in solution and NO3 and Cl denote anions bound
to the resin. The nitrate-to-chloride separation factor, o!, it then given by,
oÈ= (2)
which may be rewritten in terms of equivalent ion fractions to yield
oÈ= XN XcXc XN
(3)
where XN and ><C .. the equivalent fractions of nitrate and chloride in the resin phase
and Xg and X¡¡ are the equivalent fractions of ions free in solution. A resin is said to be
nitrate selective over chloride if of > t.
For competition between two monovalent anions separation factors and selectivity
coefficients are identical. However, this is not true for any equilibrium involving a
Introduclion
divalent anion. In the case of competitive binding between a monovalent anion, such as
nitrate, and a divalent anion, such as sulfate, the equilibrium expression may be written
âS'
2NO¡- + SO4 (+ 2NO3 + so42- (4)
9
where SOoz- and NO3- represent free anions in solution and NO3 and SO¿ represent
anions in the resin phase. This equilibrium expression implies that the resin has been
preconditioned in the sulfate form. The corresponding nitrato-to-sulfate separation factor
and selectivity coefficient are then,
tNo:l ISo¿2-loN=tsõ7-l tNo¡-l
KN wo¡lz [Sooz-1
(s)
(6)
tsõ/-l tNo3-12
The nonequivalence of cr$ and K$ is clearly seen from a comparison of equations 5 and
6. Equation 6 may be rewritten in terms of equivalent sulfate ion fractionS, XS, to yield
an equilibrium constant on the molar scale.
Xs (t-Rlz cKN= (7)
(1 - Xs)2 xs C
where X5 and X5 are respectively the equivalent fractions of sulfate in solution and
sulfate in the resin phase, C is the total anion concentration in the resin phase in
meq dm-3, more generally known as the capacity, and C is the total anion concentration
in solution, also in meq dm-3. While the separation factor is often a practically useful
parameter in the study of selectivity, a more valuable parameter, particularly for
monovalent-divalent equilibria is the selectivity coefficient, f$. ttre disadvantages of
separation factors are that they are independent of capacity and the total ionic strength of
the solution. The latter dependence is extremely important because at high anion
Introduction l0
concentrations a monovalent anion will always be preferentially absorbed by the resin due
to "elecüoselectivity" (16). This would occur at a total anion concentration above 52 meq
dm-3 (17). This effect can lead to false reports of nitrate selectivity. Thus, in generd, Kf
is a far more useful parameter since it allows comparison of resin efficiency between
groundwaters of different concentrations. A resin is said to be nitrate selective when K$
is large, but note that in equation 7 the totat anion concentration also effects the fraction of
sulfate bound. Consequently, at high concentrations nitrate will be preferred. This is the
cause of the "elecüoselectivity" described above.
In practice total anion concentrations in groundwaters rarely exceed 10 meq dm-3
and Guter (17) arbitrarily chose to define a nitrate selective resin as "a resin which in
column operation with common groundwaters retains nitrate as the last ion to break
through when exchanging ions at anionic strengths of 10 meq dm-3". He proposed that a
more convenient indicator of selectivity was NSS, the nitrate-to-sulfate selectivity,
defined as
NSS=logK$-logõ+1 (8)
where C was expressed in meq dm-3. A nitrate selective resin was then defined as a resin
for which NSS > 0. It is important to observe that equation 8 is derived directly from
equation 7 by assuming that the equivalent sulfate fraction ratio must be greater than 1 for
a nitrate selective resin and that the total anion concentration, C, is 10 meq dm-3. The
equation merely gives a convenient indicator of selectivity at anion concentrations more
typically found in groundwaters.
1.5.L Amidines.
Initial attempts to make nitrate selective resins involved the incorporation of known
nitrate precipitants within a supporting polymer matrix. The amidines have the general
structure given in Fig. I.2, and being strong bases can exist as ionized salts. The
amidinium salt is more stable as nitrate than either chloride, sulfate or bicarbonate (17b).
Inlroduclion
R-C-NHRtlN-R
HNO3 : .-i-Rr2R o NoP
N-R
l1
+
Fig.1.2. Amidines are basic and form stable amidinium salts with nitrate.
Grinstead and Jones (18) introduced alkyl substituted amidines into porous polymer
beads. The resultant resins had a very high selectivity for nitrate over sulfate, f$ = 16S-
106, but a very low capacity, less than 0.2 eq dm-3. The resins were also too nitrate
selective over chloride, K[ = 15 - 40, and could not be easily regenerated using chloride
salts. All such resins suffered because the amidine precipitant was not covalently bound
within the polymer matrix. Hence the capacity was low and the precipitant was frequently
lost via leaching to the elutant water.
Roubenik (19) was later able to incorporate the amidine group covalently within a
vinyl polymeric matrix cross-linked with divinylbenzene and so overcome the leaching
problem. It was found that as the length of the alkyl group increased nitrate selectivity
increased but regeneration efficiency decreased. The best balance between nitrate
selectivity and ease of regeneration was found when the amidins group contained 5 - 7
carbon atoms; with ethyl or butyl substituents being favoured. Kf values in the tange 7 -
10 were reported, but no K$ values were reported. Enquiries by Guter (17) led him to
believe that the resin was not commercially viable and it may be, like many resins, it
worked too well and could not be regenerated.
L.5.2 Salinogen Resins.
Salinogens are another general group of compounds which form insoluble salts
with nitrate. The best known example is 4,5-Dihydro-1,4-diphenyl-3,5-phenylimine-
1,2,4-tnazole which is more commonly known as Nitron, Fig. 1.3.
Intoduction 12
Fig. 1.3. Idealized structure of Nitron.
Chiou et al. (20) prepared Nitron-polyvinylbenzylchloride polymers by reacting
Nitron derivatives with preformed polymers of p-chloromethypolystyrene. The
introduction of Nitron produced a polymer apparently selective for nitrate as well as other
oxidizing anions. In addition, the polymer was readily and repeatedly regenerated with
ammonium chloride with no loss in capacity. However, the resulting polymers became
tacky upon contact with water requiring that the polymer be supported on either silica gel
or Chromosorb W for testing. This resulted in a decreased capacity. Guter (17c)
esrimared a capacity of only 0.33 meq dm-3 for the silica supported polymer. This is
significantly lower than the capacities of commercial ion-exchange resins; which are
usually greater than 1000 meq dm-3. It is difficult to evaluate the nitrate selectivity of this
material given the absence of detailed information on capacities, selectivity coefficients or
breakthrough curves, presumably due to the handling difficulties.
Similar studies by Walitt and Jones (21) which incorporated salinogen into a cross-
linked polystyrene matrix produced resins which could not be regenerated. Although no
K$ values were reported, Kf selectivity coefficients tended to increase with the size of
the alkyl group substituted on the polystyrene making them commercially unacceptable.
Triazole is a simpler analogue of Nitron. Hauptmann et al. (22) prepated a nitrate
selective resin by attaching 3-amino-I,2,4-îiazole to a preformed polystyrene-
divinybenzene resin. The capacity was 2.3 meqg-l and the separation factors were cr$ =
2 - 3 and oÈ = 5 - 10. This meant rhat while the ¡esin was selective for nitrate over
sulfate, it was also more selective for nitrate over chloride and could not readily be
regenerated using chloride salts.
N
N
N
Intoduction
1.5.3 Commercial Resins.
13
Prior to 1980 the majority of nitrate selective resins were produced only in small
quantities by research laboratories. Although a large number of commercially available
resins already existed, the majority of these resins did not exhibit any preference for
nitrate. However, some selectivity for nitrate over sulfate had been observed for a small
number of these resins when the sulfate loading was high (16,22-25).
Clifford and Weber (23) reviewed the selectivity of thirty commercial anion
exchange resins. Their work is of particular interest because it applied statistical
methodology to a fairly large sample size of the then available resins. Selectivity was
tested for correlation with a variety of resin properties such as matrix, functionality,
porosity, capacity, type and pK¿. They determined that the two most important resin
properties influencing sulfate/nitrate selectivity were functionality and matrix. More
generally they proposed that the primary determinant of divalent/monovalent selectivity
was the distance of fixed-charge separation in the resin'
The uptake of a divalent anion, such as sulfate, requires the presence of two closely
spaced positive charges and indeed all such resins fulf,rlling this criteria were found to be
sulfate selective. While separation of fixed charges enhanced nitrate selectivity. They
found that polystyrene based resins were more nitrate selective than non-polystyrene
based resins and that generally nitrate selectivity was favoured by attaching amine groups
to pendant alms rather than within the polymer chain. A selection of some of the more
nitrate selective resins is given in Table 1.2.
The steric hindrance produced by either functional groups of large size or number
also prevented the close proximity of fixed charges. Thus nitrate selectivity increased in
the order,
1o 1-NH2R) 1Zo (-NHRz) ç 3o (-NR3) < 40 (-NR4+)
Nitrate selectivity was also found to increase with the hydrophobic nature of the resin and
consequently Type I resins were more selective than Type II resins, shown in Fig. 1.4.
Table 1.2. Selected examples of commercial polystyrene based quaternary ammoniumanion exchange resins and their characteristics.
Trade Name Porosity Marix Functionality . Kä a! KN NSS Ref.S
Amberlite IRA-900 Macroporous PS-DVB Type I 1.101.00.9
Amberlite IRA-400 Microporous PS-DVB Type I 1.53r.33
DuoliteA-101D Improved PS-DVB Type I
Amberlite IRA-910 Macroporous PS-DVB Type II
3.4t33a
2.9 a
0.58 23t725
60a90 0.0
0.532.4 87
25 -0.1r
-23-0.2 l'1,26
23t7
t.321.30
1.311.0
0.39
0.31
0.42
2317
AmberliteIRA-410 Microporous
Imac HP555 -
a-
b-
PS-DVB
PS-DVB
Type II
Er3 b
1.40
1.0
36a
23
3000 1.5 25
average approximate values calculated from graphs in reference 17.
Et3 indicates a resin having a structure simila¡ to a Type I resin, but possessing Ethyl instead of Methylsubstituents
Introduction 15
CHr
loR-N-CH2CH2OHt"
CH¡
Fig. 1.4. Structure of the two common Types of commercial ion-exchange resins, where
Type II
R denotes the resin backbone
For the majority of resins studied, porosity was not correlated with selectivity.
However, for the Type I resins it was found that the macroscopic resins, having a higher
degree of crosslinking, were more nitrate selective than the less cross-linked isoporous
resins. Clifford and Weber did not attribute this to a "sieve effect" because the sulfate
anion was not significantly hydrated (23). They attributed the greater sulfate selectivity of
the less cross-linked isoporous gel resins due to the greater flexibility of the polymer
chain, allowing freer movement of the quaternary groups to "pair-up" with divalent
sulfate ions. In all other cases porosity was uncorrelated with selectivity. Similarily,
capacity and pK¿ had little or no effect on nitrate selectivity.
It is imporranr ro note that all of the resins surveyed by Clifford and'Weber had
average sepamtion factors, of, 1".. than one, and were consequently all sulfate selective.
Guter (17) also surveyed a number of commercial resins for their nitrate selectivity. He
supported the major observations of Clifford and V/eber, including the idea that the nitrate
ion became more favoured as the resin became more hydrophobic. He also concluded
that, at the time of writing his final report, the commercially available ion-exchange resins
were not selective enough to be of significant value (17d).
The review of Clifford and Weber (23) was most significant in that it inspired other
resea¡chers to study polystyrene based resins containing quaternary ammonium functional
groups. The variation of selectivity with the size of the attached functional group will be
considered more closely in section 1.5.5.
Recently (25), another cornmercial resin, Imac HP555, has become available. This
resin, which is believed to contain ethyl substituents, is far more selective than any
Introduction 16
previous commercial resins. Its release is a natural consequence of continued research in
this f,reld.
1.5.4 Polyallylamine Resins.
Bolto et al. (27) have prepared cross-linked resins derived from diallylamine by
copolymerization of alkyldiallylamines with the crosslinking agent, 1,6-bis(N,N-
diallylamino)hexane. The resins have the generalized structure given in Fig. 1.5. They
were examined for their nitrate selectivity over common ions present in groundwater. A
complete compilation of results is presented in Appendix 40.
For these diallylamine derivatives, the separation factor "!, yré "alculated as a
ratio of separation factors, of to cr[, which were available in the literature (27). The
nitrate to sulfate separation factors indicated an increased preference for nitrate over
sulfate as the size of the alkyl substituent increased. The calculated separation factors
were however far too small to be of any commercial use. The nitrate to chloride
separation factors exhibited the same trend but the preference for nitrate indicated that
resin regeneration with chloride salts would be inefficient.
It is diff,rcult to evaluate the potential of this type of resin for nitrate removal because
Bolto et al. (27) incorporated the produced microparticles into a cross-linked
polyvinyl alcohol matrix. It is unclear what effect the supporting matrix will have on
selectivity although comparison of this PTAA resin with a later one which was not
incorporated into a PVA matrix suggested that the PVA matrix substantially decreases the
selectivity. It is also not possible to attribute the increase in nitrate selectivity solely due to
an increase in size of the alkyl substituent because the degree of crosslinking, and hence
the hydrophobicity of the resin, also increased with the size.
The effect of quatemization upon the nitrate selectivity of polyallylamine resins was
considered by Jackson et al. (25,26a). In their studies the weak base PTAA resin was
parrially quaternized with dodecyl bromide to various degrees before being fully
quaternized with MeI. Their complete results tabulated in Appendix A0 indicated that the
strong base (quaternized) resins were more nitrate selective than the original weak base
ùrþ
nn n o
Clo oclo NoClo N clo
MeMe
N
l\M"¡l Me
( (
p2
crO clo oO
n p
PTAA (Rl = R2 = H) Poly (QIIEXA) Poly (DADMAC - QHEXA)
Fig. 1.5. Idealized structures of polyallylamine resins. PTAA = Polyriallyamine; QHEXA = Quatemar! (Me) FIEXA;DADMAC = Diallydimethylammonium chloride; HEXA = 1,6, dibromohexane.
N
n
Introduction 18
resin. It was also observed that the preference for nitrate increased with the
hydrophobicity of the resin up to about 607o euaternization with dodecyl bromide.
However, the increase in selectivity was accompanied by a significant loss in capacity by
the resin for nitrate. Additionally, no nitrate to chloride separation factors were reported in
these studies.
Polymers of diallydimethylammonium chloride (DADMAC) have found a variety of
applications (28). Two DADMAC-QHEXA copolymers were prepared by crosslinking
DADMAC with fully methyl quaternized HEXA (26). The resulting copolymers were
sulfate selective and of low capacity. The low capacity was most likely due to the
presence of the bulky QHEXA fraction.
The homopolymers of 1,6-bis(N,N,N-diallymethylammonium)hexane dichloride
(QHEXA) illusrrared in Fig. 1.5. were found to be more nitrate selective than the above
copolymers. The degree of crosslinking for both the homopolymer and copolymer was
estimated as the percentage of solid crosslinking monomer, QHEXA, present prior to
polymerization. For both polymers the preference for nitrate over sulfate was found to
increase with the degree of crosslinking. Jackson et al. (26b) attributed this to the inability
of a highly cross-linked resin to reorientate its binding sites and bind "bidentately" to the
divalent sulfate anion.
Given that the selectivity of the PTAA resin derivatives were shown to increase
with resin hydrophobicity, it was surprising that neither the QHEXA or DADMAC type
resins were quaternized with any substituent larger than a methyl group. Indeed only
methyl derivatives have been considered in detail and the potential of poly(allylamine)
type resins for water purification remains unfulfilled for want of a systematic study. To
this end a preliminary synthesis of DADMAC monomer analogues containing larger alþl
substituents is presented in Appendix 41.
1.5.5 Polystyrene-divinylbenzene Resins.
The review of commercial resin selectivities given in section 1.5.3 indicated that the
resin mafrix was one of the primary determinants of nitrate selectivity. It was observed
Introduction 19
that resins containing a polystyrene-divinylbenzene (PS-DVB) matrix were the most
nitrate selective. This realization led many researchers to concentrate on changing the
functionality while maintaining the PS-DVB matrix.
Jackson et aI. (25,26,29) prepared weak base resins of the type illustrated in
Fig. 1.6. by amination of chloromethylated polystyrene beads (gel type - Permutit).
Their results indicated that selectivity for nitrate over sulfate increased with the
hydrophobic narure of the functional group. Although no K[ were reported the resins
could be readily regenerated with NaOH. However, the resins were not completely
regenerable and Jackson and Bolto (25) found that they contained a large percentage of
strong base groups which undoubtedly contributed to the observed selectivity.
The selectivity of polystyrene quaternary ammonium resins (Fig. 1.7.) have been
extensively studied (16,29,30). Selected selectivity coefficients have been tabulated in
Appendix 40. It was found that, in general, as the size of the alkyl group attached to the
nitrogen increases so does the preference for nitrate. The nitrate selectivity was greatest
for the butyl derivative.
Replacement of one alkyl substituent with the more hydrophilic group,
-CH2CH2OH, resulted in a lower preference for nitrate. This confirmed that the
selectivity for nitrate was related to the hydrophobicity of the resin.
A charged hydrophilic resin will swell by absorption of water to a limit determined
by crosslinking. Swelling will continue until the internal strain equals and opposes further
hydration. Since sulfate is highly hydrated, it contributes to swelling strain. Guter (17e)
suggested that the addition of the polar hydroxyethyl goups were able to contribute to the
stabilization of the fixed charge. Consequently, resins having hydroxyethyl groups
contained lower amounts of water normally required for this purpose and were therefore
able to accommodate more of the highly hydrated sulfate anions. The moisture content of
the resins studied by Guter did indeed decrease upon hydrophilic group substitution in
agreement with the above argument.
The increased preference for nitrate by higher alkyl derivatives has alternatively
been attributed to "water structure enforced ion pairing" (31).This th_eo-ry__was first¿.¿-
suggested by Diamond (32).It suggests that large polarizable anions enforce the stmcture
Inlroducrion 20
cH- c}lz
p1
cH- C}lz
n
p2
of the structure of the weakbase resins possessing a
one. No attempt to represent crosslinking due to theas been made.
n
aternary ¿tmmonrum resmsattempt to represent crosslinking
Intoduction 2l
of water in the vicinity of the anion and cause the anion to associate more readily with a
given large nonpolar cation. This theory would favour ion pair formation of nitrate over
sulfate and would predict an increased preference for nitrate as the alkyl group of the
quaternary ammonium cation became larger and more hydrophobic. This is in perfect
agreement with the observed trends.
Subramonion and Clifford (33) have also suggested that ion-solvent interactions
play an imporrant role in determining selectivity. They found that the unhydrated ionic
radii of monovalent anions were highly correlated with their affinity for Type I resins.
This seems reasonable since larger monovalent anions have a smaller charge density and
tend to be less hydrated. Larger anions therefore disrupt the structure of water and are
rejected by the water phase resulting in a greater preference for the anion by the resin
phase. These phenomena with specific regard to the the benzyltrialklyammonium cation
will be discussed in greater detail in Chapter 3.
Although the capacities of the strong base resins are consistently lower than their
weak base analogues they are much higher than any previously measured resin type.
They also exhibit a substantial increase in selectivity over the corresponding weak base
resin. This trend is followed only up to the butyl derivative and the nitrate selectivity of
strong base pentyl resins are much the same as that of their weak base analogues. None
of the strong base resins studied by Jackson and Bolto (25) could be regenerated
effectively. Although the weak base resins a.re the less selective resins, they will find
some application simply because they can be regenerated, and a.re therefore more cost
effective. It is a common problem that resins that are strongly nitrate selective are
precisely the resins which are difficult to regenerate by conventional means.
Barron and Fritz (31,34) studied the selectivity of low capacity PS-DVB resins for
both monovalent and divalent anions using single anion chromatography. Their results
are tabulated in Appendix 40. In principle it should be possible to obtain estimates of
selectivity coefficients from such retention times. Similar calculations have been
performed by Haldna (35). In practice such calculations required specific information on
the experimental conditions and could not be performed. However, the general trends
observed are in agreement with previous measurements on high capacity resins. That is,
Introduction 22
retention rimes, and hence selectivity for nitrate, increased with alkyl length. Once again,
substitution of hydroxyethyl groups decreased the preference for nitrate. An increase in
capacity was also shown to amplify the selectivity effect.
V/arth and Fritz (36) have also used column chromatography to examine the effect
of spacer arm groups on anion selectivity. Low capacity anion exchange resins of the type
given in Fig. 1.8. were examined.
(PS-DVB)
CHc
I
CH-(CHÐ"-N(CH3)3 Cl
Fig. 1.8. Idealized structure of the polystyrene-divinylbenzene spacer aImtrimethylammonium resin, SATMA (n=n).
Relative retenrion times (Appendix A0) indicated that as the length of the spacer ann
increased the resins became less selective for nitrate, while the preference for sulfate
remained essentially unchanged. The theory of "water-structure enforced ion pairing" was
again used to interpret the results. It was suggested that the close proximity of the benzyl
and ammonium functional groups in the conventional resin promoted the sffucture of
water and was responsible for its enhanced selectivity. The introduction of spacer arm
groups increased the distance between these two functional groups and hindered this
effect.
Recently, Lockeridge (37) has reported selectivity coefficients for both
benzytrialkylammonium and benzyltrialkyphosphonium salts. His results, presented in
Table 1.3. are considered separately because they utilize a different concentration scale
and a¡e therefore not strictly comparable with previous tesults, although exactly the same
trends in selectivity are maintained. As the size of the alkyl chain increases the selectivity
for nitrate over sulfate increases for all the phosphonium and ammonium salts considered.
The phosphonium salts are all considerably more selective for nitrate than the comparable
ammonium salts. Lockeridge attributed this to increased steric hindrance at the anion-
exchange site. Thus while nitrate could readily approach the exchange site, the approach
of highly solvated anions, such as sulfate, was hindered. Lockeridge also demonsffated
Introduction 23
the need of one sulfate anion to occupy two exchange sites on the resin regardless of the
size of the alkyl substituent.
Table 1.3. Selectivity coefhcients of polystyrene-divinylbenzene resins
of quaternary ammonium and phosphonium functionality. a
Resin KNC(meq/g)
-NMe3-NEt3-NPr3-NBug
-PMe3-PEt3-PPr3-PBu3-PPe3
3.6r2.39r.52r.23
2.222.7 |r.991.68r.27
6009000
26700102000
200019500
120000660000840000
a- reference 37, determined from mlvVg and mlWml.
Warth et al. (38) were the first to study anion selectivity of low capacity
tributylphosphonium resins. It was this work that inspired Lockeridge to consider higher
capacity phosphonium resins for ion-exchange. As observed previously, the larger
polarizable anions had consistently higher retention times. The results are compiled in
Appendix 40. The increased preference of the phosphonium resin was interpreted in
terrns of "water enforced ion pairing". This was to be expected since the phosphonium
moiety being larger and more polarizable would interact more strongly than would the
quaternary ammonium group.
1.6 Conclusion.
There is no conclusive evidence to suggest that there is any real need for a nitrate
limit to reduce the risk of health effects. However, these limits have been imposed world
wide and must be legally upheld, requiring the need for a method of nitrate removal.
Introduction 2/+
Of all the methods currently available the dual ion-exchange and bacterial reduction
A4'e''of nitratefperhaps the best. Current ion-exchange methods suffer because of high costs
associated with regeneration and low capacities of ion-exchangers for nitrate. It is a
general aim that by studying the basic principles that govern selective ion-exchange some
insight may be gained into the process which will allow the design of a commercial ion-
exchange resin that overcomes these problems.
Many studies of ion-exchange phenomena have been conducted on resins prepared
by the introduction of the desired functional group into a preformed polymer network.
The disadvantage of this method is that the homogeneity of the resulting polymers may
vary. It is not uncommon that the characteristics of a particular commercial resin will vary
not only from one manufacturer to another, but also from one resin batch to another even
though it be produced by the same manufacturer. In this work, the selectivity of some
quaternary ammonium resins will be studied for polymers prepared directly from the
derivative monomers.
Few previous studies have been thoroughly systematic. This study will be
systematic in that the selectivity of monomer analogues, their linear polymers and finally
lightly cross-linked resins wilt be examined in turn. The role of selectivity will be
explored with an effort to produce highly nitrate selective polymers while maintaining a
high capacity for nitrate.
Þv'c
Introduction
Literature Cited.
1. C. J. Johnson and B. C. Kross, Amer. J. Ind. Med., L8, 449, (1990).
2. Nitrates, Nitrites and N-nitoso Compounds.,Envtronmental Helath Criteria 5
(World Health Organization: Geneva 1978).
3. D. C. Bouchard, M. K. Williams and R. Y. Surampalli, /. Am. Water Works
Assoc., 84(9), 85, (1992).
5. T.R. Owen and S. Jürgens-Gschwind, Fert. Res.,10, 3, (1986).
6. R. V/. Raiswell, P. Brimblecombe, D. L. Dent and P. S. Liss, Environmental
Chemistry,17 (Edward Arnold Limited: London 1984).
7 . R. Chang, Chemisty 4th edn.,577 (McGraw-Hill: New York 1991).
8. Water Resources Inventory,Engineering and Water Supply Department Library
Reference 86/35, South Austrtalian Engineering and Water Supply Department,
(1e87).
9 . C. R. Lawrence, Nitrate-rich groundwaters of Australi¿ Technical Paper No. 79,
Australian Water Research Council, EWS Serials (Australian Government
Publishing: Canberra 1983).
10. South Australian Department of Housing and Construction (Aboriginal Works
Unit), private communications, ( 1989).
1 1. R. B. Mellor, J. Ronnenberg, W. H. Campbell and S. Diekmann, Nature,355,
7t7, (1992).
12. J. Liessens, R. Germonpré, S, Beernaert and W. Verstraete, J. Am' Water Works
Assoc., 85(4), I44, (1993).
13. J. Liessens, R. Germonpré, I. Kersters, S, Beernaert and W. Verstraete, J. Am.
Water Works Assoc., 85(4), 155, (1993).
74. J. P. van der Hoek and A. Klapwjik, Wat. Supply,6, 57, (1988).
15. D. Clifford, S. Subramonian and T. J. Sorg, Environ. Scí.Technol., 20(lL),
t072, (1986).
16. F. G. Helffench,Ion Exchange,156 (McGraw-Hill: New York 1962).
25
Introduction 26
17 . G. A. Gurer, Removal of Nitate from ContaminatedWater Supplies for Public
tJse,EPA-600/2-82-042 (March 1982). b 90, c 95, d 10, e 133
18. R. R. Grinstead and K. C. Jones,Nitrate RemovalfromWastewaters by lon
Exchange,EPA report 17010FSJ01/7 I (January 197 l).
19. L. Roubinek, U.S. Patent 4,134861(16 January 1979).
20. S. J. Chiou, T. Gran, C. E. Meloan and W. C. Dann, Anal. Lett., 14(411), 865,
(1e81).
21. A. L. V/alitt and H. L. Jones, Basic Salinogen Ion-exchange Resins for Selective
Nitrate Removal From Potable and Eff'luentWaters, U.S. EPA, Cincinnati,
Advanced Waste Treatment Laboratory, L970, U.S. GPO, Washington, DC.
22. R. Hauptmann, P. Froelich, H. Weber, Ger. (East) DD 217,528 (16 January
1985); Chem. Abstr., 103,124434, (1985).
23. D. Clifford and V/. J. Weber, React. Polym.,1,77, (1983).
24. M. Cox, R. C. Haries, D. V. Nowell and R. cla¡k, chem. Ind.,16l, (1981).
25. M. B. Jackson and B. A. Bolto, React. Polym', L2,2'77, (1990).
26. M. B. Jackson and L. J. Vickers, Effect of structure on nitrate selectiviry. Part 2.
Resins with either sryrenelDVB, PECH or allylamine backbones., CSIRO Report
No. DB-127, (April 1987)., a 10, b 13,
27 . B. A. Bolto, M. B. Jackson and R. V. Siudak, Isr' J. Chem.,26, 77, (1985).
28. B. Bolto, Chem. Aust.,61(8), 431, (1994).
29 . M. B. Jackson, Effect of structure on nitrate selectiviry. Part I. Resins with
undecanoic groups., CSIRO Report No. DAIB-I11, (August 1986).
30. G. A. Guter, U. S. Paten¡.4,479,877 (30 October 1984).
3I. R. E. Barron and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr.,284, 73, (1984)'
32. R. M. Diamond, J. Phys. Chem., 67,2513, (1963).
33. S. Subramonian and D. Clifford, J' Sol. Chem.,18(6), 529, (1989).
34. R. E. Barron and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr.,316,20l, (1984).
35. Ü. Haldna, J. Chromatogr.,604,282, (1992)-
36. L. M. Warth and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr. 5ci.,26, 630, (1988).
37. J. E. Lockeridge, Ph.D. Dissertion, Iowa State University, (1990).
Introduction
38. L. M. Vy'arth, R. S. Cooper and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr., 479, 401, (1989).
39. G. Solt, Chem. Ûng.,436,33, (1982).
40. J. P. van der Hoek, W. F. van der Hoek and A. Klapwjk, Water, Air and Soil
P ollut., 37,41, ( 1988).
41. J. L. Cox, R. T. Halten and M. A. Lilga, Envíron. Sci. Technol., 28,423,
(19e4).
27
28
2
Synthetic Methods and Charac terization.
2.1 General Experimental.
All solvents used were purified using standard methods (1,2).'Water was
obtained from a Milli-Q purification system and had a resistance greater than 15 MQ.
Melting points were recorded on a Gallenkamp melting point apparatus and are
uncorrected. The melting points of the vinyl monomers could not be determined
accurately due to their hygroscopic nature. Even after prolonged drying, the proton
spectra of some vinyl monomers still showed a singlet around 4'8 ppm due to H2O.
1g NVIR were either recorded on a Jeol JNM-PMX60 or Gemini 200
spectrometer. 13C NMR were either recorded on a Bruker CXP-300 spectrometer
operaring ú 75.47 MHz or on a Gemini 200 spectrometer at 50.289 MHz. Unless
otherwise stated 13C spectral shifts were taken relative to the deuterated solvent used or to
an external trimethylsilane (TMS) standard. lH spectral shifts were taken relative to TMS.
The 13C specrra of the linear polymers required acquisitions of at least 13 hrs on the
Gemini to obtain reasonable resolution. Fast atom bombardment mass spectra (FAB)
were recorded on a Vacuum Generators ZAB 2Íß spectrometer. Ultraviolet spectra were
recorded on a Cary 2200 spectrophotometer.
2.2 Monomeric Analogues.
The monomeric analogues were either available commercially or were prepared by
the reaction of benzyl chloride with the appropriate alkyl amine (Scheme I). The reaction
conditions were similar to those described previously (3).
Synthetic Methods
cH2cl-NR3Cl+R¡N:
Scheme I.
Benzyltrimethylammon¡um chloride - was available commercially from Fluka as
'purum' grade material and was recrystallized from acetone/ether and vacuum dried.
m.p. = 239 oC dec. Gravimetric analysis as silver chloride indicated a purity of 100.15 +
O.05 7o. The molar absorptivity at the maximum of 262.2 nm was 427 + 2 crfl mmol-l.
Benzyltriethylammonium chloride - was available commercially from Fluka as
'purum' grade material and was recrystallized from acetone/ether and vacuum dried.
m.p.= 185 0C dec. lHNMR: õ(CDCI¡) 7.57-7.40 (m, 5H, ArH); 4.7\ (s,2H,
ATCHzN); 3.38 (q, 6H, NCHz);1.44 (t,9H, CH:). 13C NMR: õ(CDCI¡) 131.53 (s, Ar
C-1); 129.53 (s, Ar ortho); 128.30 (s, Ar meta); 126.45 (s, Ar para); 59.97 (s'
ATCHzN); 51.84 (s, NCH2);7.39 (s, CH3). Gravimetric analysis as silver chloride
indicated a purity of 99.80 + 0.16 7o. The molar absorptivity at the maximum of 262.4
nm was 312 + 2 cmL mmol-I.
Benzyttripropylammonium chloride - Tripropylamine (10.53 9,74 mmol) and
benzyi chloride (12.03 g, 95 mmol) were refluxed for 46 hrs at 70 oC with constant
stirring. The resultant orange solid was dissolved in an acetone/ethanol mixture and was
twice recrystallized using anhydrous ether to yield 1 1.60 g (59Vo) of fluffy white product.
m.p. = I94-L95 oC, lit. 189-192 oC (4).Microanalysis for CroHzsNCl, Found: C,70.7;
H, 10.3; N,5.1. Calc: C,7L.2;H,10.4; N,5.2Vo.lHNMR: ô(CDCI:) 7.49-7.46(m,
5H, ArH); 4.82 (s,2H, ATCHzN); 3.25-3.21 (bt t, 6H, NCHz); 1.89 (br m, 6H, C}lù;
1.00 (t, 9H, CH3). 13C NMR: õ(cDCl¡) 131.85 (s, Ar C-1); 130.04 (s, Ar ortho);
128.71(s, Ar meta); 126.87 (s, Ar para); 62.03 (s, ATCH2N); 59.27 (s, NCHz); L5.45
(s, CHZ); 10.08 (s, CH3). Mass spectrum m/2234 (C1OHZSN+). Gravimetric analysis as
29
Synthetic Methods 30
silver chloride indicated a purity of 100.38 + 0.07 7o. The molar absorptivity at the
maximum of 262.6nm was 366+2 cmL mmol-l.
Benzyltributylammonium chloride - was available commercially from Fluka as
'purum' grade material and was recrystallized from acetone/ether and vacuum dried.
m.p.= 164-165 oC, lit. 185 oC (5). Gravimetric analysis as silver chloride indicated a
purity of 99.82+ 0.18 Vo.The molar absorptivity at the maximum o1262.6 nm was 362
-f2 cm2 mmol-l.
Benzyltripentylammonium chloride - Tripentylamine (29.25 g, I29 mmol) and
benzylchlonde (20.75 g , L64 mmol) were refluxed at 69 oC for 19.5 hrs with constant
stirring. The orange solution was dissolved in acetone and reprecipitated with anhydrous
ether. The resultant white solid was recrystallized twice more from acetone/ether to yield
11.55 g (25Vo) of fine white powder. m.p. = 140-142 oc, lit. 141 oc (6). Microanalysis
for CzzH¿,gNCl, Found: C,74.6; H, 11.7; N, 4.0. Calc: C,74'6: H, 11'4; N,4'0Vo'
lU NUR ô(CDClg) 7.58-7.42 (m, 5H, ArH); 4.92 (s,2H, ATCHzN); 3.39-3.31 (br t,
6H, NCHz); 1.S0 (br s, 6H, NCH2CIFIù;1.34 (br s, 12H, CIJù;0'90 (t, 9H' CH3)'
13C NMR: õ(CDCI¡) 131.88 (s, Ar C-L); 129.93 (s, Ar ortho); 128.57 (s, Ar meta);
127.O7 (s, Ar para); 62.49 (s, ATCH2N); 58.09 (s, NCH2);27'75 (s, CHz); 2L'66 (s'
CIclù; 21.5I (s, CH2); 13.19 (s, CH3). Mass spectrum mlz 318 (CzzH+oN+)'
Gravimetric analysis as silver chloride indicated a purity of 100.165 + 0.007 7o.The
molar absorptivity at the maximum of 262.6nm was 363 + 2 cm2 mmol-l.
Benzyltrihexylammonium chtoride - Trihexylamine (22.26 g, 83 mmol) and
benzylchloride (14.59 g, 115 mmol) were dissolved in acetone (10 ml). The mixture was
refluxed for 6 hrs to yield a ginger brown solution. Anhydrous ether was added in excess
to precipitate a solid which was recrystallized twice from acetone/ether to yield 5.10 g
(16To) of pure white solid. m.p.= 111-112oC. Microanalysis for CZSH¿ONCI, Found:
C,74.0; H, 11.9; N,3.4. Calc: C,75.8; H, 11.7; N, 3.57o.lHNtr'tR õ(CDCI¡) 7'43-
7.56 (m,5H, ArH);4.95 (s,2H, ATCHzN); 3.3t-3.39 (br t,6H, NCHz); 1'80 (brs,
Synthetic Methods 3l
6H, NCHzCEù;1.34 (br s, 18H, ClHù 0.91 (t, 9H, CH3). I3CNMR: õ(CDCI¡)
131.98 (s, Ar C-1); 130.03 (s, Ar ortho): 128.66 (s, Ar meta);127.16 (s, Ar para);
62.62 (s, ATCHzN); 58.22 (s, NCH2); 30.60 (s, CH2); 25.47 (s, CHz); 22.03 (s' CH2);
2I.82 (s, CHz); 13.27 (s, CH3). Mass spectrum mlz 360 (CzSH¿ON+). Gravimetric
analysis as silver chloride indicated a purity of 100.45 + 0.05 Vo.
Benzyltrialkylammonium nitrates - The chloride salts were converted to the
corresponding nitrate salts using B.D.H. Amberlite IRA-400 (Cl) ion-exchange resin
which had been converted to the nitrate form by overnight exchange with 2M KNO3. The
purity of the nitrate salts was confirmed using UV absorbance measurements. EMF
measurements using a nitrate selective electrode confirmed the UV results. The two
higher alkyl derivatives, benzyltripentylammonium and benzyltrihexylammonium nitrate,
were sufficiently insoluble that they could be prepared by precipitation from a chloride
solution using potassium nitrate. The solid was washed with wate and recrystallized
twice from acetone/ether.
Benzyltrialkylammonium sulfates - All of these salts were prepared using the ion-
exchange techniques as described for the preparation of the nitrates. The resin was
converted to the sulfate form using lM NazSO¿ in a batch process'
Benzyltrialkylammonium bromides - The majority of the bromide salts were
available commercially and were reprecipitated from acetone/ether in a manner similar to
that of the chlorides. Bromides that were not available commercially were prepared in a
manner similar to that of the least soluble nitrates, that is; by precipitation from a chloride
solution by addition of saturated NaBr.
Benzyltrialkylammonium iodides - The iodides were either available commercially
and were recrystallized in a manner similar to that of the chlorides, or were precipitated
from a chloride solution by addition of saturated NaI.
Synthetic Methods 32
Recently, several benzyltriethylammonium salts were prepared by heating
benzyltriethylammonium chloride with the appropriate silver salt under reflux (7). Should
this method be applicable to other benzyltrialkylammonium salts it would offer
advantages in time and general applicability over the resin methods described above.
2.3 Linear Polymers.
The linear polymers were prepared in two steps. Initially monomers were
prepared in a manner similar to that described for the monomeric analogues and purified
by repeated reprecipitation. The monomers were then polymenzed in aqueous solution
using 2,2'-azo-bis-isobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator as previously described (8).
The complete reaction is illustrated in Scheme II. Vinylbenzylchloride was obtained from
Kodak as an isomeric mixture of para and meta isomers and was inhibited with
t-butylcatechol.
CH CHz CH CHz
+ R¡N
cH2cl
-CH"t'NClI
R3
CH"
t"NClI
R3
Scheme II.
Synlhetic Methods
2.3.I Monomers.
Vinylbenzyltrimethylammonium chloride - Vinylbenzylchloride (28.04 g, 184
mmol) was added dropwise to a rapidly stirred aqueous solution of trimethylamine 25Vo
(w/w) (54.53 g,231mmol). The initially yellow solution was refluxed at3l-42 oC for
23 hrs, during which time it steadily da¡kened to yield a burgundy solution. The solution
was washed with ether (4 x 50 ml) and the lower layer evaporated over silica gel to yield
a dark burgundy gel-like material. This gel was recrystallized with heating from
ethanol/ether to yield 16.75 g (43EùI of crude product. The product was further purified
by repeated reprecipitation from ethanol/ether and vacuum dried for 7 hrs at 50 oC.
lH NMR: ô(CDEOD) 7.59-7.45 (m, 4H, ArH); 6.82-5.32 (m, 3H, ArCH=CHz); 4.60,
4.56 (s, 2H, ATCHzN); 3.77, 3.16 (s, 9H, NCH3). Mass spectrum m/z 176
(CrzHtsN+).
Vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride - Triethylamine (45.10 9,446 mmol) was
dissolved in methanol (30 ml) and vinylbenzylchloride (44.82 g,294 mmol) was added
dropwise to the rapidly stirred solution. The mixture was heated under reflux for 38 hrs at
38 oC. The solution darkened on heating. The cooled solution was poured into excess
ether. The lower oily yellow layer was vacuum dried at 45 oC to yield 58.02 g QTVo) of
crude beige product. The sample was purihed by recrystallization from 2-propanol/ether.
Microanalysis for CtsHz¿NCl-H2O, Found: C,66.3; H,9'6; N, 5.2. Calc: C, 61.2;H,
9.3; N, 5.17o. lHNMR: ô(DzO) 7.57-7.27 (m, 4H, ArH); 6.79-5.29 (m, 3H,
ArCH=CH);4.23 (s,2H, ATCHzN); 3.09 (q,2H, NCHù; l-29 (t,9H, CHs).
l3CNMR: ð(DzO) t43.89, 142.80 (s, ArCH=CHz); 140.11, 140.18 (s, Ar C-1);
137.86-137.16 (m, Ar); 120.81, 120.20 (s, ArCH=-Hù; 64.95, 64.22 (s, ATCHzN);
56.77 (s, NCHz); 11.55 (s, CHg). Mass spectrummlz2lS (CrsH24N+).
T ,l yi"l¿ of 84Vo has been reporred by doubling the reflux time and diluting the aqueous 257o
trimethylamine in methanol (9).
JJ
Synthetic Methods 34
Vinylbenzyltripropylammonium chloride - Vinylbenzylchloride (25.38 E,
166 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (30 ml) and added dropwise to tripropylamine
(28.14 g,I97 mmol) with rapid stirring. The solution was heated under reflux for 24 hrs
at 30 oC with constant stirring to produce a yellow solution. The cooled solution was
poured into a large excess of ether and the lower layer was further washed with ether (2 x
50 ml) and dried over silica gel until a jetty-like consistency was obtained. This sample
was reprecipitated from ethanol/ether to give an off white solid which was washed briefly
with ether and dried over silica gel under nitrogen to yield 7.3L g (15Vo) of crude
material. The sample was further purif,red by recrystallization from ethanol/ether before
use. lH NMR: ô(cD:oD): 7.64-1.31 (m, 4H, ArH); 6.85-5.36 (m, 3H, ArcH=cHz);
4.56,4.54 (s, 2H, ATCHzN); 3.19-3.10 (m, 6H, NCHz); 1.51 (m,2H, CHz); 1.06 (t,
9H, CH¡). Mass spectrumm/z 260 (CrsH3oN+).
Vinylbenzyltributylammonium chloride - Vinylbenzylchloride (10.00 g, 66 mmol)
in AR MeOH (10m1) was added dropwise to a vigorously stirred solution of tributylamine
(1636 g, 90 mmol) in MeOH (10m1) over thr. The mixture was stirred at ambient
temperatures for 24 hrs. The solution was then heated under reflux at 32 oC for 169 hrs.
The cooled solution was poured into excess ether (300m1). The lower yellow layer was
recovered by rotary evaporation. The resultant yellow gel was dissolved in 2-propanol
and reprecipitated using AR ether. The solid was repeatedly washed with AR ether,
vacuum dried and finally dried over phosphorous pentoxide to constant weight to yield
1 1.16 e 607o) of solid producr. lH NMR: ð(CD¡OD) 7 .61-7 .42 (m, 4H, ArH); 6.87-
5.33 (m, 3H, ArCH=CHz); 4.58, 4.55 (s, 2H, ATCHzN); 3.23-3.15 (br t, 6H, NCHz);
1.83 (br m,6H, CHù;1.41 (m,6H, CH2); 1.04 (t,9H, CH3). I3CNMR: õ(CD¡OD)
I4l.4g, 140.20 (s, ArÇH=CIF¡ù; 137.07, 136.98 (s, Ar C-1); 133.90-128.06 (m, Ar);
1,16.64, 115.96 (s, ArCH=ÇHz); 63.18, 62.9I (s, ATCH2N); 59.52 (s, NCH2); 25.09
(s, CHz); 20.71(s, CHz); 13.98 (s, CH3). Mass spectrumm/2302 (CztH36N+).
Vinylbenzyltripentylammonium chloride - Tripentylamine (55.13 g, 242 mmol)
was dissolved in methanol (35 ml) and vinylbenzylchloride (23.92 g, I57 mmol) was
Synrheüc Merhods 35
added dropwise to the rapidly stirred solution. The yellow solution was heated under
reflux for 60 hrs at 30 oC, then heated at 50 oC for a further 2 hrs. The cooled solution
was poured inro excess ether. The lower yellow layer was vacuum dried at 45 oC to yield
40.20 g (68Vo) of crude beige product. The product was purified by repeated
recrystallizarion from acetone/ether. lH NMR: ô(CD¡OD) 7.65-7.38 (m, 4H, ArH);
6.88-5.28 (m, 3H, ArCH=CH2); 4.59,4.56 (s, 2H, ATCHzN); 3.25-3.12 (br t, 6H,
NCHz); 1.85 (br m, 6H, CHz); 1.43 (br m, 12H, CHz); 0.99 (t, 9H, CH3). 13C NMR:
õ(cD¡oD) 141.32, 140.11 (s, AreH=CHz)i 136.94, 136.84 (s, Ar C-1); 133.70-
127 .96 (m, Ar); 116.53, 115.84 (s, ArCH=ÇHù; 63.O7 , 62.79 (s, ATCHzN); 59.44 (s'
NCHz); 29.39 (s, CHz); 23.16 (s, CH2); 22.76; (s, CHz); 14.20 (s, CH3). Mass
spectrum mlz 344 (CZ¿H¿zN+).
2.3.2 Polymerization.
Free radical polymerization of the vinyl monomers was typically conducted in
aqueous-ethanol mixtures at 70 oC using the initiator AIBN. The reaction conditions are
briefly summarized in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1. Conditions for the polymerization of linearpoly(vinylbenzyltrialkylammonium chlorides).a
Polymer Cn'ono'n.. Solvent Temp
(mol dm-3) (oc)Time(hrs.)
LPMELPETLPPRLPBULPPE
0.330.310.790.880.36
WO /EIOHIl2orbo IEIOH}lzO IEIOHIlzO /MeOH
7010706070
5.54.59.0
13.511.0
a - Initiator: AIBN
Polymer purifications were conducted at room temperature and under a nitrogen
atmosphere as required. In general, a change in physical characteristics of the product
when compared to that of the corresponding monomer was considered sufficient to
Synthetic Methods 36
confirm polymerization. This was in part due to the high purity of the monomers used.
For some polymers, nmr was also used to confirm the purity of the products. For
example, the absence of the vinyl carbons in the 13C spectra clearly indicated complete
polymerization. Likewise lH nmr spectra indicated that the polymers contained negligible
numbers of double bonds. The nmr of such compounds are discussed in more detail in
section 2.5.
Poly(vinylbenzyltrimethylammonium chloride) - Trimethylvinylbenzylchloride
(3.10 g, 15 mmol) and AIBN (0.04 g, 0.24 mmol) were dissolved in a water/ethanol
mixture (40m1/5ml) and were heated under reflux for 5.5 hrs at 70 oC. The solution was
cooled to room temperature and precipitated into excess acetone. The white precipitate
was washed with acetone and dried under vacuum for 4 hrs at 50 oC to yield 0.85 g
(27Vo) of crude product. The product was further purified by repeated recrystallization
from erhanol/ether. lH NMR: õ(DzO) 7.94 (br s, ArH); 6.64 (br s, ArH); 4.25 (br s,
ATCHzN); 2.82 (br s, NCH¡); 0.98 (br s, backbone -CH-CH2-).
Poly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride) - Triethylvinylbenzylammonium
chloride (2.1O g,5.52 mmol) and AIBN (0.02 g, 0.14 mmol) were dissolved in water
(18 ml) and heated under reflux for 4.5 hrs at 70 oC. The resultant solution was
evaporated under vacuum and the solid reprecipitated with heating from acetone/ether to
yield 0.46 g (22Vo) of crude product. The product was further recrystallized from
acetone/ether to obtain a fluffy white solid which was vacuum dried before use. lH
NMR: ô(DzO) 7.05 ( br s, ArH);6.64 (br s, ArH); 4.10 (br s, ATCH2N);2.88 (br s,
NCHz); 1.50 (br s, backbone -CH-CHz); l.l2 (br s, CH3). 13C NMR: õ(DZO) 150.62
(br m, Ar C-1); 133.70 (br m, Ar C-2,C-3,C-5,C-6); I3I.7l (s, Ar C-Ð; 64.45 (br m,
ATCHZN);56.92 (s, NCH2); 48.55 (br m, CH backbone); 45.58; (br m, CH2
backbone); 11.83 (s, CHg).
Poty(vinylbenzyltripropylammonium chloride) -
Tripropylvinylbenzylammonium chloride (10.21 g, 38 mmol) and AIBN (0.10 g' 0.62
Synthetic Methods 37
mmol) were dissolved in water/ethanol (40 ml/8 ml) and heated under reflux for t hrs at
70 oC. The resultant solution was reprecipitated into dry ether and washed with acetone.
The product was recrystallized from acetone/ether and vacuum dried at 50 oC for 6 hours
to yield 7 .96 g (787o) of snowy white product.
Poly(vinylbenzyltributylammonium chloride) - Tributylvinylbenzylammonium
chloride (14.17 g, 42 mmol) and AIBN (0.13 g, 0.78 mmol) were dissolved in
water/methanol (40 ml/8 ml) and heated under reflux for 13.5 hrs at 60 oC. The cooled
solution was precipitated into, and washed with, excess acetone. The final product was
recrystallized from ethanol/ether and vacuum dried for 6 hours at 50 oC to yield 10.02 g
(7l7o) of white product. The product was later observed to have a greenish tinge.
Microanalysis for CzrHgoNCl-2HzO, Found: C,67.9; H, 10.1; N, 3.9. CaLc: C,67-4:
H, 10.8; N, 3.7 Vo. rH NMR: õ(DzO) 7.16 (br s, ArH); 6.61 (br s, ArH); 4.10 (br s,
ATCHzN); 2.93 (br s, NCHz); 1.60 (br s, NCH2CHz); 1.19 (br s, CHz); 0.83 (br s'
CH¡). 13C NMR: õ(DZO) 149.81 (br m, Ar C-1); 134.2I (br m, Ar C-2,C-3,C-5,C-6);
131..92 (s, Ar C-Ð; 65.74 (v br m, ATCH2N); 62.29 (s, NCH2); 48.75 (br m, CH
backbone); 45.39; (br m, CH2 backb one); 27 .56 (br s, CH2); 23.92 (s, CH2); 17.70 (s,
cH¡).
Poly(vinylbenzyltripentylammonium chloride) - Tripentylvinylbenzylammonium
chloride (13.66 g,36 mmol) and AIBN (0.11 g, 0.67 mmol) were dissolved in
warer/methanol (100 ml) and heated under reflux for 11 hrs at 70 oC. The cooled solution
was precipitated into acetone (200 ml) and washed twice with acetone. The final product
was recrystallized from ethanol/ether and vacuum dried at 50 oC for 5 hours to yield
8.33 g (6lEo) of a fluffy white solid.
2.4 Cross-Linked Polymers.
Cross-linked polymers were prepared using procedures simila¡ to those described
for the linear polymers, except that methanol was used as a solvent and divinylbenzene
Synthetic Methods 38
was used as a cross-linker. Divinylbenzene was supplied by Aldrich as a 55Vo solution
inhibited with p-tertbutylcatechol. The inhibitor was removed by washing into the basic
layer with a I}Vo sodium hydroxide solution, and rinsing with water to remove traces of
the base. A typical preparation is given below, while a summary of the reaction
conditions for all preparations appear in Table 2.2. The final product was purified by
repeated swelling in methanol. As with the linear polymers, the change in the physical
properties of the products; most notably their insolubility in water, was taken as evidence
that a cross-linked polymer had been produced. The extent of cross-linking was estimated
from the mole ratio of DVB to polymer.
Cross-linked poly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride) - AIBN (0.01 g'
0.09 mmol) was added to a solution of triethylvinylbenzylammonium chloride (0.34 g,
1.33 mmol) in methanol (3.20 g). A solution of DVB (0.02 g, 0.13 mmol) in methanol
was then added and the sealed vial left to stand overnight. A white solid was noted and
the sample was evaporated in air. Solvent was completely removed with mild heating.
The resultant solid was purified by repeated swelling in methanol to give a waxlike solid
in almost quantitative yields.
Table 2.2.Polymerization conditions for the preparation of cross-
linked poly(vinylbenzyltrialkylammonium chlorides).a
Sample Crono,n". CnnN(mol dm-3) (mol dm-3)
Crvs(mol dm-3)
Vo CL
CME-1CET-1CET-2CET-3CET-4CET-5CET-6
0.26690.1 8050.29290.253r0.21970.12040.2786
0.01850.01210.01960.01670.01540.00770.0206
0.01130.01700.01060.01450.01730.02600.0116
4.29.43.85.77.9
2r.64.2
a - solvent was methanol, initiator was AIBN and cross-linkerwas DVB. The nominal degree of cross-linlcrng, To CL, wasdefined as the mole ratio of DVB to monomer.
CME = cross-linked poly(vinylbenzyltrimethylammonium chloride),CPE = cross-linked þoly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride).
Synthetic Methods
2.5 Interpretation of NMR.
The characterization of the monomer analogues by nmr was fairly straight
forwa¡d. In contrast, the spectra of the vinyl monomers were slightly more difficult to
interpret due to the presence of two isomeric products. This resulted directly from the use
of an isomeric mixture of vinylbenzylchloride in the initial preparation. Representative lH
and 13C nmr specrra of the ethyl derivative are given in Fig. 2.I. andFig.2.2. The ethyl
derivative was chosen to illustrate the general results because this allowed clearer
assignment in proton spectra without the clutter which arose from the longer alkyl
resonances.
39
The proton spectra of the vinyl monomers clearly indicates that the three vinyl
protons are nonequivalent. What was previously simply assigned as a multiplet of relative
area three in section 2.3.L., is actually a series of twelve visible lines. This was attributed
to an ABC type spectra. The coupling constants were assigned as Jab = 11.0 Hz , Jbc =
5¡¡z,Iac= 17.7 Hz,andwereusedtogeneratethesplittingpatterninFig.2.l.,which
closely resembled that of the experimental spectra. The possibility of additional long
range coupling between geminal vinyl protons and those of ATCH2N has not been ruled
out.
In the 13C nm¡ spectra, Fig.2.2., doublets for the methine and methylene carbons
at approximately 142 and 120 ppm respectively, were attributed to the presence of para
and, meta isomers in solution. This was also true of the carbon corresponding to the
ATCH2N group around 64 ppm. This assumption was confirmed by the presence of eight
distinct aromatic carbon resonances in addition to that of the C-1 resonance at 140.18
ppm. The remaining low field resonances were assigned to alkyl carbons.
The lH nrm spectra of the linear polymers were sufficiently broad that integration
of the peak area was prone to a large uncertainty and no area assignment was
consequently made. Resolution into distinct isomeric components was also not observed
because of this broadening. Representative polymer spectra with peak assignment are
given in Fig. 2.3. andFig.2.4.
oa b
H
C
H
d
ocbl e c
þH,-cH,¡$-
fH. ÌL Hb
e
t7.7 Hz
6 lt0tlz 5Hz
c b
a
PPN
Fig. 2.1. Representative 200 MHz lH nmr spectra of benzylvinyltriethylammonium chloride. Recorded at arnbient temperature in D2O. The assignment ofcoupling constants is discussed in the text.
'7
cL p p
CHz
2b
CHz
2
c[
4b
1
6b
5b5
2
J
{cHr-cHr)67
3b
-R1.",-cHl:47b 67
I
N
5
@
6
)
2,3,4,2b,3b,4b,5b, 6b
p
5,7b
G
Fig.2.z.Representative l3c broad band decoupled nmr spectra (50 MHz) of benzylvinyltriethylammonium chloride' Recorded at ambient temperature ln-piO. fn. tp..ru is complicated due to the presence of meta andparc isomers'
PPHr60
ab
-{ cHr)-n
CH_oE
c¡ndd candd
e
{ctr-cHJ ¡fg" " " "'t " " " "'J iñ o
f
c,d ârb
Fig.2.3.Representative 200 MHz lH nmr spectra of poty(benzylvinyltriethylammonium chloride). Recorded at ambient tempemtule in DzO' The inset is
th; lH specra of poly(benzylvinyltrimethylammonium chloride) recorded under identical conditions.
e
'1
-{ß
ör,)-n
c[
cH-I
4
2
J
,)
5
{cHr-cHJ,67
6
4ct p
Fig. 2.4. Represenrative l3C broad band decoupled nmr spectm (50 MHz) of poly(benzylvinyltriethylammonium chloride). Recorded at ambienttemperature in D2O.
5
PPII
Synthetic Merhods 44
The broad proron resonances in Fig. 2.3. near 7.0 and 6.6 ppm are in the ratio of
approximarcIy 3:2. Bovey (10) had suggested that in the case of polystyrene these two
peaks corresponded to meta-para and ortho protons respectively. Although the situation is
likely to be more complicated for the disubstituted ring considered here, the observed
resolution indicates that the polymer contains two distinct types of aromatic protons.
Although, it is difficult to say with any certainty how exactly this arises. If, as suggested
by the spectra of the vinyl monomers, only meta and para isomers are present, a total of
eight hydrogens, the 3:2 ratio suggests that these isomers cannot be present in equal
amounts. Although not conclusive, the unequal relative magnitudes of the isomeric
resonances in the 13C spectra of the vinyl monomers also suggested that one isomer was
more prevalent. However, due to the uncertainty in the integrals it was not possibly to
unambiguously identify which of these isomers was predominate. In the spectra of the
ethyl derivative the backbone resonances near 1.5 ppm were partially obscured by the
broad methyl resonance at 1.1 ppm. For the methyl derivative, the inset in Fig. 2.3., the
methyl protons which are now deshielded due to their closer proximity to the nitrogen are
shifted further downfield and the backbone resonances at 1.4 ppm can clearly be
resolved. This in conjunction with the absence of any peaks attributable to vinyl
resonances indicated complete polymerization. For the higher alkyl derivatives the
backbone resonances became totally obscured by those of the alkane resonances in the
functional group.
A represenrative 13C spect.a of the polyethyl derivative is given in Fig. 2.4. Once
again, there are no resonances attributable to unreacted vinyl groups. The backbone
resonances at 48.6 and 45.6 ppm were attributed to cr and B protons respectively. The
assignment of the spectra is in agreement with that proposed by Ford (11) for the spectra
of polystyrene.
Synthetic Methods
Literature cited.
11.
D. D. Perrin, V/. L. F. Armarego and D. R. Perrin, Purification of Laboratory
Chemicals 2nd edn. (Pergamon Press: Oxford 1980).
A. I. Vogel,Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry 4th edn.
(Longman: London 1978).
B. J. Steel, A. S. Kayaalp, T. Kurucsev, A. D. Ward, and M. B. Jackson, Aust'
f . Chem., 43, 1983, (1990).
M. Makosza, and B. Serefin, Rocz. Chem.,39, L233, (1965); Chem. Abstr., 64,
t2595, (1966).
Dictionary of Organic Compounds. 5th edn., (New York: Chapman andHall
1990).
A. S. Kayaalp, unpublished results.
D. A. Scola and N. A. Edelson, J. Chem. Eng. Data,13(3)' 453' (1968).
T. Ikeda, S. Tazuke, and Y. Suzuki, Makromol Chem',185, 869, (1984).
P. Guarilloff, unpublished results.
F. A. Bovey,HíghResolutionNMR of Macromolecules ChapterVI, 118
(Academic Press: New York L972).
W. T. Ford and T. Balalrishnan, Macromolecules,14,284, (1981).
45
1
2
J
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
46
3
Solubility, Enthalpy and EntroPY.
3.1 Introduction.
The main reason for studying the solubility of the benzyltrialkylammonium salts
was to estimate, using the van't-Hoff isochore (1), the enthalpy and entropy of solution
and thereby gain some insight into the structure of the corresponding aqueous solutions.
This method has been chosen in preference to calorimetric determination because of its
simplicity in that it does not require specialized equipment even though, admittedly, it is
not as accurate, in general, as calorimetric measurements. However, in this particular case
we are concerned chiefly with the trends in enthalpy and entropy for a series of alkyl
groups rather than with the absolute values and a wider tolerance was considered,
therefore, acceptable.
When solutes are dissolved in water the measured thermodynamic properties are
usually interpreted in how the solute alters the structure of water in its vicinity. For this
reason, I shall first review the current thoughts about the structure of water in the pure
state and the effect that simple solutes have on this bulk structure.
3.2 The Structure of Water.
Surprisingly, some conÍoversy still exists over the bulk sructure of water. While it
is generally agreed that the structure of water possesses some "icelikeness", especially at
low temperature undþr.rrure, and that heating causes some disruption to this structure,
neither the exact nature of the disruption nor the exact model that best describes liquid
water is known with any certaintY.
b
Solubility 47
The best conjectures, reviewed by Franks (2), suggest that liquid water is indeed
substantially icelike; leading to the proposition that each water molecule is tetrahedrally
hydrogen bonded to four others and favouring the interstitial models to describe liquid
water. The latter assumes that in some portions of water there exist free water molecules
encapsulated by a highly sffuctured water lattice, exemplified by, the cluster or clathrate
models. It is further suggested that heating causes the breakdown of the lattice structure
by either bending or breaking hydrogen bonds between the water molecules.
3.2.1 Flickering Cluster Model.
According to this model there are short lived liquid clusters of extensively hydrogen
bonded molecules interspersed between non hydrogen bonded water molecules. The half-
life of these clusters is thought to be about 10-11 s (3) so that only a single peak is
observed in nmr studies. It is thought that an equilibrium between clustered and non
clustered water is set up,
(HzO) free ê (HzO) clusrered
such that upon addition of solute the equilibrium is shifted either to the left or to the right
depending on the nature of the solute.
3.2.2 Structure Breaking and Structure Making by lons.
In the case of simple electrolyte systems hydration can be considered to be divided
into three distinct regions which are roughly spherical and concentric about an ion,
(Fig. 3.1.) for example, an alkali metal ion such as lithium.
In the inner sphere the water molecules are oriented by the electric field of the ion
through ion-dipole interactions. This effect, known as hydration of the first kind,
becomes less important as the size of the ion increases. The region furthest from the ion
remains uninfluenced by the presence of the ion and maintains the normal bulk structure
\-
Fig. 3.1. Schematic representation of the three hydration regions around a simple ion.
The ovaloids in region 4., which are radially orientated about the central ion, represent
water molecules posessing dipole moments.
Solubility 50
This effect is equivalent to hydrophobic hydration, structure promotion, water
structure enforced ion pairing, iceberg formation, hydration of the second kind or the
clathrate effect, where the molecule is completely encased in a cage of hydrogen bonded
water.
Note that although there is no direct evidence for iceberg or clathrate cages around
solutes in solution, it seems plausible, since solid clathrates are already known to exist
(s).
Regardless of the details of the various theories currently being advanced ions in
solution can be generally classified into three distinct categories.
a) Structure Breakers which disrupt the structure of water around the ion.
b) Electrostrictive Stucture Makers which order the water molecules around the
ion due to the ions electric field via ion-dipole interactions.
c) Hydrophobic Stucture Makers which induce more hydrogen bonding in water
near a non polar surface of the ion. This effect increases with the size of the hydrophobic
portion and usually results in large negative enthalpies and entropies of soluúon as well as
a positive heat capacity.
It is to this last group that the majority of the tetraalkylammonium salts belong and
where we shall direct our interest in the discussion of the benzyltrialkylammonium salts.
3.2.4 Theory of Solution.
Solution may be considered to occur in a two step dissolution, solvation process.
Initiaily the bonds between the ions are broken and the compound enters the aqueous
phase. This process is endothermic since energy is required to break bonds,
MXls¡ (â MXiaql AH1> 0
In solution bonds will be formed between water molecuies and the ions, that is hydration
occurs. This process is exothermic as bonds are formed,
Solubility
ND(1aq¡ (+ M+(aq) + X-1aq) AH2< 0
The enthalpy of solution will be the sum of these two processes
AHsol= AHI +L¡12 (1)
and could be either positive or negative depending on the relative magnitudes of
enthalpies from the two contributing processes.
The overall equilibrium expression for solution is
ND{¡s¡ <+M+(aq) +XlaÐ
where the equilibrium constant K is,
l(= a- (2)
and ap¡ç is equal to 1 since it is in its standard state.
K = Ír+ v_= y+2 52
AGo = -RT ln K = -RT ln (S2yt2 )
= -2RT ln (Syt)
= aHo - TASo
AHO ASO=) ln Slt =¿RT *-ZR
51
(3)
Thus it follows that from a plot of lnSyt versus 1Æ the slope can be used to
estimate AHo and the intercept ASo.
Solubility 52
The main assumption made in this treatment is that the enthalpy of solution is
temperature independent. This is generally not the case. The enthalpy of solution is
related to its heat capacity (6) using,
T2
AH(Tz)=AH(T')+ JCPdTT1
(4)
where Cp is the heat capacity at constant pressure and AH(T2) and AH(Tr) are the
enthalpies of solution at the corresponding temperatures T2 and T1. However, provided
the temperature change is fairly small, AH may be taken to be essentially constant.
3.3 Water-Solute Interactions.
3.3.1 Alkanes.
Due to their structural simplicity; the alkane series proves a useful starting point for
the discussion of water-solute interactions. Indeed, much work has been done on their
solubility and thermodynamics in aqueous media. Recently the thermodynamics have
been reviewed by Abraham (7) and the data reported there have been used to produce
F|g.3.2.
The Gibbs free energy of solution increases with the increasing length of the alkyl
group, as might be expected from the increasingly unfavorable solubility. The enthalpy,
however, is large and negative and becomes more so as the alkyl group increases. The
positive Gibbs free energy, therefore results from an unfavorable entropy contribution.
The entropy of solution becomes more negative as the alkyl group increases. This has
been explained by proposing that the lower alkanes form clathrate-like hydrates in
solution. This decreases the due to the increased order around the
hydrocarbon, relative to pure water. This effect increases as the size of the alkane group
increases presumably due to the larger area of contact between solute and water.
The decrease in entropy has also been explained by suggesting that with increased
alkane length the formation of "flickering clusters" becomes more dominant. This may be
AG
osol
(kJ
mol
-1).
Iu
t9
N)
b,J
f..)
(,(-
¡t
O\
{ O
O
\O
O
5 o\N)
I 1..)
I u)I Þ
oo
I b..) l'.)
I þ Þ
oo
AS
osol
(kJ
mol
-l;.
tttll
9VV
VV
þL;L
;O
coO
\Þb.
)
aHos
ol (
kJ m
ot-1
¡
N) Þ o\
N) è o\
æ
tr
TD
o
Þtr
o
()tr
tr
Sotubility 54
a more appropriate explanation since larger hydrocarbons may be too large to fit within
the available clathrate cavities. The "flickering cluster" model involves an equilibrium
which is shifted by the presence of solute, either promoting or disrupting hydrogen
bonding. As such, it does not require a clath¡ate cavity of a given size to accommodate the
particular salt under consideration. However, the possibility of partial enclosure of the
alkane by the cavity still exists.
3.3.2 Tetraalkylammonium Salts.
It is now of interest to discuss trends in the tetraalkylammonium salts; because they
differ only from the benzyltrialkylammonium salts studied here, by the replacement of
one alkyl group with a benzyl $oup. The benzyl group is typically hydrocarbon-like and
is very nearly the same size as a methyl group such that the replacement is not expected to
alter the physical properties signihcantly. This assumption may be erroneous, but there
are no similar compounds reported as extensively as the tetraalkylammonium salts, from
which comparisons with the benzyltrialkylammonium compounds can be drawn.
Solubility.
The solubility of the tetraalkylammonium salts are unusual because, unlike
hydrocarbons, they do not exhibit a monotonic decrease in solubility as the size of the
alkyl substituent increases. Their solubilities have been summarized in a recent review
(8), where the nitrate solubilities were reported for the first time. For a given anion the
solubility changes in a zig-zag fashion as the size of the alkyl substituent increases, and
decreases sharply for pentyl and higher groups. For a given cation the solubility
decreases as the size of the anion increases. At high alkyl length, normally hexyl and
above, a two phase liquid equilibrium is formed, especially at elevated temperatures.
Solubility
Enthalpy and Entropy of Soluti<¡n.
No complete reviews have been written conceming the thermodynamic properties
of the tetraalkylammonium salts, but because of their relevance to this work a review of
such properties seemed warranted. All of the relevant data and calculations used to
produce figures have been summarized in Appendix 43, and only the major trends shall
be discussed here.
Halides.
The standard enthalpies and entropies of solution of the halides of the
tetraalkylammonium cations are shown in Figures 3.3. and 3.4., respectively, as
functions of the number of ca¡bon atoms in the alkyl chain. The initial trend for all three
halides shown is a decrease in both enthalpy and entropy of solution with increasing size
of the alkyl group. Such a trend may be interpreted as reflecting an increase in water
structure with increasing hydrocarbon content of the cations due to the hydrophobic
effect. There is a resultant decrease in enthalpy since formation of hydrogen bonds in
developing the clathrate-like water structures around the alkyl residues is an exothermic
process and a decrease in entropy due to the resultant increase in order.
However, this trend persists only with the chlorides up to the pentyl group. For the
bromides ÂHsel reaches a minimum at the butyl derivative and at the propyl derivative for
the iodides. These observations imply a decrease in hydrophobic effect with increasing
chain length and cannot be explained with any certainty.
It may be that the larger alkyl groups are unable to be accommodated fully within
the clathrate-like cages of water and so perturb cage formation leading to the higher
observed enthalpies of solution. Another possibility is that the long alkyl chains are
"curled" somewhat so that they appear to have the thermodynamic characteristics of a
shorter alkyl chain. Such "curling" is known to occur in the alkane series, but usually
only for twenty or more ca¡bon atoms.
55
60
40
20oE
hxoØ
oÉ{ 0
-20
-401 2 J 4 5 6 7
n
Fig. 3.3. Standard enthalpy of solution, ÀHosol GJ mol-l¡ versus n, the number of
carbon atoms in the aþl chain of the corresponding tetraalkylammonium salt.
tr Chlorides  Bromides o lodides
0
oÊ
J¿
oøoU)
100
0
-1000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
n
Fig. 3.4. Standard entropy of solution, ASosol ftJ mol-l) versus n, the number of ca¡bon
atoms in the alþl chain of the corresponding tetraalkylammonium salt.
tr Chlorides  Bromides o lodides
Sotubility 58
The enrropy of solution data for the halide salts may be regarded as supporting the
increase in the hydrophobic effect with increasing chain length. In general, for the
majority of tetraalkylammonium salts considered here the entropy of solution becomes
smaller as rhe size of the alkyl group increases (Fig. 3.a.). This is reasonable since the
more hydrophobic the compound becomes the more unfavorable the solution process, a
positive contribution to AGo when ASo is negative.
Two of the larger salts, tetrapentylammonium bromide and tetrabutylammonium
iodide show an unexpected increase in the entropy of solution. This may be attributed to
the "curling" of long alkane chains previously mentioned. It cannot be attributed to the
formation of clathrate-like structures a¡ound the compound because this would cause a
decrease in entropy. It is of interest that the chloride salt which does show such a
decrease in entropy is the only salt not expected to form clathrate hydrates in solution
because the chloride ion is too hydrated (9).
The anion contribution to the enthalpy and enffopy of solution has not been
extensively considered in the literature. For the tetraalkylammonium halides, at least, it
appears that the enthalpy of solution increases with the size of the anion (Fig. 3.3.). This
is essentially also tn¡e of the entropy of solution (Fig. 3.a.) but to a lesser extent. Simple
halide salts which possess fairly large cations also exhibit the same trend in enthalpies.
This could readily be attributed to an increase in "structure breaker" chalacter of the
anion. However, if the major contribution to the enthalpy is due to the hydrophobic
cation, the presence of the anion should only have a minor effect. It is surprising then that
such changes are not swamped by the contribution from the hydrophobic cation, unless,
cooperative cation-anion interactions are important in these solutions.
Nitrates.
Enthalpies of solution of tetraalkylammonium nitrates have been reported by
Nakayama et al. (8). However, we have been unable to reproduce values quoted by these
authors from their solubility data either by the use of a linear plot of ln m5s1 versus 1Æ or
by fitting of the data to a quadratic and using the tangent to this curvo to estimate AHsot.
Sotubitity 59
Because of the relevance to this work, the reported solubilities of the tetraalkylammonium
nitrates were refitted to the van't Hoff relation to obtain the estimates of AHo and ASo in
Table 3.1.
For several reasons, the results obtained by this treatment should be viewed with a
high degree of caution. Firstly, the solubility data are available only in molalities and no
density data are available to allow conversion to the molarity scale as required for the
van't Hoff relation. Secondly, no activity coeff,rcients a¡e available from the literature and
hence no allowance for them has been made. Thirdly, and most importantly, the van't
Hoff relation holds soluble salts and the lower alkyl derivatives a¡e far
too soluble to provide reliable estimates of AHo and ÄSo. However, in the absence of
more reliable data this treatment provides the best approximation of the enthalpy and
entropy of solution of tetraalkylammonium nitrates yet available.
Table 3.1. Enthalpy and entropy of solution of some teraalkylammonium salts. a
Compound AHosol (kJ mol-1) ÂSosol (J mol-1¡
Ref,rtted Nakayama et al. b Refitted
MeaN-NO3EgN-NO3PraN-NO3BuaN-NO3PeaN-NO3HeaN-NO3OcaN-NO3
PeaN-IHe4N-I
(0.4)(1.7)(1.7)(rr.2)(1s.1)(1.7)(r1.2)
(8.0)(28.3)
85.396.3
r29.9181.130.0
-48.5-r29.6
7.2-32.2
t5.714.426.237.3
6.59.69.7
25.627.5
13.010.515.5
(2.6)(6.e)(6.0)
(3e.1)(s1.6)(6.5)
(38.7)
(8.4)t7.438.3 (30. I )
a- Values in brackets denote 95Vo Conftdence Intervals determined usingCI = t x s, where s is the standard error of the fit and t is a tabulated functionof the degrees of freedom. The refitted values are discussed further in the text
reference 8.b-
Solubility 60
Initially the enthalpy of solution decreases; as might be expected from the formation
of clathrate-like cages around the molecules. The higher alkyl derivatives are also of
lower enthalpy than the methyl derivative. The propyl and butyl derivatives however,
exhibit an unusually high enthalpy of solution (Fig. 3.5.). This would seem to indicate
cage disruption with respect to the other salts. The nitrate ion is a strong "structure
breaker" and nitrate salts might be expected to exhibit similar trends to those of the
iodides since the iodide anion is also a strong "structure breaker". Comparison of
Fig. 3.3. with Fig.3.5., for example indicates that this is not the case. Nakayama
suggested that the tetrabutylammonium chloride, bromide and nitrate salts all form stable
clathrate-like hydrates (10,11). This is not supported by this treatment, since cage
formation should be exothermic, in agreement with the sign of the enthalpy of solution
obtained by Kudryavtseva et al. (12).
It is interesting to note that the enthalpy of solution of simple alkali nitrates are
always much more endothermic than the corresponding halides. It may be that there is
some special interaction between the cations and nitrate ions that results in their unusual
thermodynamic behaviour.
The recalculated entropies of solution appearing in Table 3.1., like the recalculated
enthalpies are unusual. As can be seen in Fig. 3.6. the entropy steadily increases from the
methyl to the butyl derivative where it is maximum before steadily decreasing for the
remaining salts. The lower entropy of the octyl and hexyl nitrates could be explained by
micelle formation as both these salts are oils. The lower entropy of the pentyl nitrate
relative to butyl could be attributed to clathrate cage formation. The initial increase in
entropy for the lower alkyl groups is as yet unexplained, but is in line with structure
breaking effects implied from enthalpy and contrary to accepted theory.
I
oE
g20oØo
Hr¿{
40
30
r0
08620 4
n
Fig 3.5. Standard enthalpy of solution, AHosol (kJ mol-l) versus n, the number ofca¡bon atoms in the alþl chain of the corresponding teraalþlammonium nitrate,
recalculated from van't Hoff plots using the solubility data of Nakayama et. al. (8).
I
oEhJ4
oo(t)
200
100
0
-100
-2000 862 4
n
Fig. 3.6. Standard entropy of solution,Asosol (kJ mol-l¡ versus n, the number ofcarbon atoms in the alkyl chain of the corresponding tetraalkylammonium nitrate,
recalculated from van't Hoff plots using the solubility data of Nakayama et al. (8).
Solubility
3.4 Methods and ExPerimental.
Saturated solutions of the desired compounds were obtained by the classical method
of shaking a solution in the presence of excess solute. A specially designed water bath
was constructed for this purpose with the temperature being controlled to within
0.001 0c.
A sample of the aqueous phase was withdrawn, diluted and analysed by UV
absorbance using the previously determined maxima and absorptivities (Table 3.2.) The
concentration of the original sample was then expressed in units of mol dm-3. No
allowance for density was made in these dilutions. For concentrated solutions this could
lead to a significant error. All UV measurements were performed on a Cary 2200
spectrophotometer thermostated to within 0.1 oC. There was no significant spectral
modification when the anion was changed. All dilutions were made by mass.
63
Table 3.2. V/avelength maxima and molar absorptivity ofbenzyltrialkylammonium chlorides.
Compound l,¡¡¿¡ç (nm) € (M-1cm-1¡
BzMe3N-ClBzEr3N-ClBzPr3N-ClBzBu3N-ClBzPqN-ClBzHe3N-Cl a
262.20262.35262.60262.60262.55262.60
427372366362363363
a-
The reported solubilities in Table 3.3. were the average of at least three
measurements at each of the six temperatures and in several cases the solubilities were
determined using duplicate or triplicate samples. The enthalpy and entropy of solution
were estimated from a linear fit to the van't Hoff relation after allowance for activity
coefficients.
The wavelength maxima and molar absorptivity werenot determinèd but were assumed to be similar to thehigher alkyl derivatives.
Solubility
3.4.L Assumptions Regarding Activity Coefficients.
The activity coefficients of the benzyltrialkylammonium salts have not been reported
in the literature. The activity coeff,rcients were estimated using,
- A./s (s)log yt = 1+Ba S
where the constants A and B have been tabulated as a function of temperature, and a is the
ion size parameter in cm (13). The ion size parameter of the nitrates, sulfates and
chlorides have previously been reported (14) up to and including the pentyl derivatives.
The ion size parameters of the bromides and iodides were estimated by adapting the
chloride ion parameter to allow for the increased size of the appropriate ion using ionic
radii of that ion. The hexyl parameters were estimated from a linear regression of the first
five analogues in the series. The a parameters used in this work have been summarized in
Table 3.4.
The error in the ion size pammeter will signifrcantly effect the reported lnSyt values
when this value is small, that is when the solubility is large. For sparingly soluble salts a
2O7o change in the a pammeter will cause less than aITo change in lnSy+.
However, even for the more soluble salts a 207o change in the a parameter will
cause only a I-3Vo change in the estimated values of AHo and ASo.
The ion size parameter is also assumed to be independent of temperature in the
range 25 - 50 oC.
3.5 Trends in the Benzyltrialkylammonium Salts.
Solubility
The trends in the solubility of the benzylriaikylammonium salts were similar to that
of the tetraalkylammonium compounds. It was of interest to note however, that even
though the benzyltrialkylammonium compounds had the benzyl group in place of the
&
Solubility
Table 3.3. Temperature dependence of molar solubilities of benzyltrialkylammonium salts.
compound 25oC 30 oc 35 oC 40 oc 45 oc 50 oc
65
BzPr3N-NO3BzPr3N-I
BzBu3N-BrBzBu3N-NO3BzBu3N-IBzBu3N-IBzBu3N-IBzBugN-SO¿
BzPe3N-BrBzPe3N-NO3BzPe3N-I
BzHe3N-BrBzHe3N-NO3BzHe3N-IBzHe3N-I
r.23590.0549
0.75342.48300.t6970.r7970.1749
0.16910.03320.0051
0.01710.00820.00230.0023
1.48230.0605
0.93s72.63780.r7940.r8730.18221.8581
0.15760.03580.0063
0.01800.00880.00270.0024
r.71060.0668
0.97632.67410.19050.19800.t9441.8918
0.14120.03950.0068
0.01940.00650.00270.0025
1.90030.0760
r.53262.67780.20590.2t280.20831.9972
0.13590.04430.0079
0.02160.00750.00280.0026
1.90490.0863
1.60412.74850.22070.22830.224r2.1525
0.13010.05050.0089
0.02330.01020.00320.0028
r.92970.0993
r.79042.70340.23470.24210.23732.3109
0.12760.05020.0102
0.02380.01060.00340.0030
Table 3.4. Ion size parameters of the benzyltrialkylammonium salts.
Atlq/l Chloride a Nirate a Sulphate a Bromide b Iodide b
MethylEthylPropylButylPentylHexyl
59160563t818828901
637827722903930t002
573s03568577569578
606620646833843916
630644670857867940
a - previously determined in reference 14. The units of a are inpicometers, (1 pm = 1 ¡ 16-12 -¡.
b - determined here, see text.
Solubitity 66
atkyl group, the benzyltrialkylammonium compounds solubility was not always less than
that of the corresponding tetraalkylammonium salts as might have been expected
(Table 3.3.).
Nakayama et al. (8) suggested that mru¡ would change monotonely with increasing
alkyl group length, since lrs and ¡r5o were expected in turn to change monotonely with the
alkyl group. lr5 and lrso are respectively, the chemical potentials of the solid salt and the
salt dissolved in water to the standard state. They have attributed any anomalous increase
in solubility to the formation of a clathrate-like cage structure around the sample. Under
this criterion and by examination of Fig. 3.7 . BzBu3NI and BzBu3NNO3 appear to form
clathrate-like compounds but apparently BzBu3NBr does not. A possible explanation may
be that in this case the bromide ion is too hydrated, but this seems unlikely since
tetraalkylammonium bromide is thought to form clathrate-like structures in water and in
section 3.3.2 no thermodynamic anomalies were observed for this salt. However, the
benzyltrialkylammonium bromide considered here has an inexplicably high entropy of
solution. The higher solubility therefore results from a large entropy contribution in this
case. This result highlights the anion dependence of some thermodynamic properties in
these salts and will be discussed in more detail in the next section.
Enthalpy and Entropy of Solution.
The enthalpies and entropies of solution were estimated from the slope and intercept
of a plot of lnSy+ versus 1Æ (Fig 3.8, 3.9, 3.10), using the van't-Hoff equation. The
plots were quite linear and the results are presented in Table 3.5. The linearity of the plots
confirms the assumption made previously that the enthalpy of solution is essentially
temperature independent.
In broad terms, for the samples considered here, the enthalpy of solution increased
with the size of the alkyt group. This is essentially the same trend found for the
tetraalkylammonium salts when the alkyl groups were equal to or larger than a propyl
group.
1
cîÉ'doÊ
U)äo(JJ
0
1
-3
-2
4 5
Fig. 3.7. l,og S (mol dr¡-3¡ of various benzyltrialkylammonium salts versus n, the
number of carbon atoms in the alkyl chain. Where S denotes the molar solubility at
25 oC; circles (o): iodides; filled circles (o): nitrares; triangles (A): bromides.
7632
+tU)
J
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-73.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4
1000/r (K)
Fig. 3.8. Ln Sy+ versus 1Æ (K) for four benzyltrialkylammonium iodides. The solidlines represent a line of best frt obtained by linear regression.
c propyl
o buryl 1
tr pentyl
a hexyl 1
1
0
1
+tV)
J2
-3
-4
5
3.0 3.I 3.2 3.3 3.4
1000/T (K)
Fig. 3.9. Ln Sy+ versus lff (K) for three benzyltrialkylammonium bromides. The
solid lines represent a line of best ht obtained by linear regression.
o butyl
tr p€ntyl
a hexyl
o
1
+tc/)
J
0
1
a
-3
-4
-5
-63.0 3.r 3.2 J.J 3.4
1000/r (K)
Fig. 3.10. Ln Sy+ versus lÆ (K) for four benzyltrialkylammonium nirrates. The solidlines represent a line of best fit obtained by linear regression.
o propyl
o butyl
tr pentyl
a hexyl
A ô
Solubility 7l
Table 3.5. Enthalpy and Entropy of Solution of variousBenzyltrialkylammonium Salts. a
Compound AHsot (kJ mol-l) ÂSsot (J mol-l)
BzBugN-SO+
BzBu3N-BrBzPe3N-BrBzHe3N-Br
BzPr3N-NO3BzBu3N-NO3BzPegN-NOgBzHe3N-NO3
BzPr3N-IBzBu3N-I b
BzPe3N-IBzHe3N-I c
14 (6) 40 (2r)
56-1822
264
28t6
(20)(s)(4)
(15)(4)(7)
(36)
(4)(4)(s)(s)
176-95
4
872434
-30
666849-37
(48)(14)(22)
(1 17)
(14)(14)(r7)(1e)
(65)(18)(14)
35384l19
a-
b - average of three different samples.
c - average of two different samples.
The numbers in brackets are the 95Vo confidenceintervals, CI = t xs, where s is the standard error and tis a statistical parameter equal to 2.78 for 4 degrees offreedom.
Solubitity 72
The notable exceptions to the trend of increasing enthalpy with alþl group were the
hexyl compounds which all showed a decrease. The other two compounds which showed
a decrease were BzPe3NBr, which was an oil above 30 oC, and BzBu3NNO3 which was
a solid throughout the temperature range studied. The lower enthalpy of solution of the
BzBu3NNO3 could be attributed to clath¡ate-like cage formation by this sample.
In light of the unusually low enthalpy of solution of the BzBu3NNO3 sample the
enrhalpy of the divalent salt BzBu3NSO¿ was investigated. Even when compared to this
salt the enthalpy of the BzBu3NNO3 salt was unusually low. This further highlights the
unusual solution properties of this salt.
In general the entropy of solution decreased as the size of the alkyl substituent
increased. This was consistent with an increase in order of the solvent due to increased
hydrogen bonding. In the case of oils this could be attributed to micelle formation.
Again, as was the case for the enthalpy trends, the most apparent exceptions were
found for BzPe3NBr, the oil, and the hexyl compounds. The BzBu3NNO3 salt also had a
lower entropy than the propyl derivative as expected due to clathrate cage formation.
Both the enthalpy and entropy of solution exhibit an unexpected anion dependence.
For example, the unusually low entropy of solution for BzBu3NNO3 when compared to
the corresponding halides, and the larger entropy of solution of BzBu3NBr previously
mentioned. It was expected that, like the tetraalkylammonium halides, a series of salts
differing only by their anion would exhibit similar trends offset slightly due to the nature
of the anion. It was surprising that any anion contribution at all was observed since the
major contribution was expected to come from the hydrophobic cation (15). Any anomaly
in a monotone trend could possibly be attributed to a cooperative contribution from anion-
cation interactions.
unfortunately, conductance measurements suggested that there was no significant
ion pair formation in solution (14). However, in that study the concentrations were
necessarily restricted to dilute solutions, while in this study the solubility measurements
were conducted upon saturated solutions.
As an aqueous solution is concentrated there may come a point where there is a
significant contribution to the solution properties due to the cosphere overlap of two or
Solubitity 73
more of the structurally effected regions around the ions (4). Vaslow (16) suggested
cosphere overlap between two "structure making" ions (of low entropy) would result in a
net increase in entropy because a smaller volume of water would be effected, while
overlap of two "structure breaking" ions (of high entropy) would result in a net dec¡ease
in enropy for the same reason. The cosphere overlap of a "structure breaking" anion and
a "structure making" cation, as is most likely the case for BzBu3NBr, was not
considered. Following the argument above, cosphere overlap would most likely result in
a net increase in entropy due to the disruption of clathrate-like structure around the cation.
Since the overlap involves bond breakage the process would also be endothermic. Both a
large enthalpy and entropy of solution are observed for BzBu3NBr in agreement with the
above hypothesis. The reason that a similar effect is not observed for BzBu3NI is that in
this case the salt is sparingly soluble and cosphere overlap is unlikely.
Three other salts were sufficiently concentrated to possibly experience cosphere
overlap. Lacking further information on the salts to either side in the appropriate series , it
is not possible to conclusively decide whether BzBu3NSO4 or BzPTNNO3 support this
idea, but certainly the low enthalpy of solution for BzBu3NNO3 cannot be explained in
terrns of cation-anion cosphere overlap. However, a possible explanation may lie in
consideration of cosphere overlap between two "Structure making" cations.
Krishnan and Freidman (4) reported an enthalpy of solution for
Bu¡N(CH2)3NBu3BrZ (diBuZ+Br2), ÂH = -33.1 kJ mol-l, approximately four times
smaller than that of Bu4NBr, AH = -8.8 kJ mol-l, (Appendix A3). The ion diBu2+ is a
good model compound for two tetrabutylammonium ions experiencing cosphere overlap
and this result indicated that cooperative enhancement of enthalpy was possible. Wen and
Saito (17) have also suggested that at high concentrations, ions that promote cagelike
formations, link up and cause larger "flickering clusters" which stabilise the solution.
This is a possible explanation for the low observed enthalpy of solution of BzBu3NNO3.
The reason that BzBu3NBr does not also exhibit significant cation-cation interactions is
because in this case the Gibbs free energy of solution indicates that such interactions may
be hindered by greater ion pair formation than is observed in BzBu3NNO3.
Solubility 74
In Fig. 3.11. the Gibbs free energy of solution at 25 oç for the
benzyltrialkylammonium salts together with those of the tetraalkylammonium salts is
plotted versus the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl chain. Gibbs free energy can be
considered a measure of ion association and because of the way the equilibrium was
def,rned,
MXqs¡ (â M+1aq¡ + X-1aq), ^Go
- -RT ln K
an increase in ÂG implies an increase in ion association.
Although similar it is clear that BzBu3NBr has a slightly larger free energy than
BzBu3NNO3. Thus carion-cation interactions would be reduced in BzBu3NBr due to
competitive ion pair formation with bromide, whereas less ion pair formation in
BzBu3NNO3 would allow for greater cation-cation interactions.
The tetraalkylammonium chlorides depicted in Fig. 3.11. are consistently some 10 -
20 kJ lower in energy than the corresponding bromides. If this also holds tn¡e for the
benzyltrialkylammonium chlorides, it would imply that all these salts would have a lower
AGo than rhe nitrates and consequently all benzyltrialkylammonium nitrates would be
expected to pafiicipate in a greater number of ion pairs than the corresponding chloride
salts.
3.6 Conclusion.
V/hile the van't Hoff treatment of solubility data is prone to a large elror, the error
is largely systematic and comparison of results from a comrnon alkyl series should enable
the discovery of anomalous solutes even though the accuracy of the absolute enthalpies
and entropies is relatively low.
It is clear for the samples considered here that BzBu3NNO3 and BzBu3NI are
exceptional, indicating that their structure in water is likely to be very different from the
other salts. In particular, the anomalous solution behavior of the benzyltrialkylammonium
nitrate salts points to the formation of a clathrate-like hydrate or at the very least an
60
40
20
0
I
oE
J¿
oØoo
-20
-100 4
Fig. 3.11. Standard Gibbs free energy of solution, AGosol (kJ mol-l¡ versus n, the
number of ca¡bon atoms in the alþl chain. Graph A: tetraalkylammonium salts, Graph
B: benzyltrialkylammonium salts. Filled circles (o): nitrates; triangles (Â): bromides;
circles (o): iodides; squares (o): chlorides.
30
20
l0
0
862
n
Solubility 76
increase in the ordering of water around this salt compared to the other salts. This would
also seem to be true for BzBu3NI but to a lesser extent. In addition, it can be clearly seen
from Fig. 3.11. that both the tetrabutylammonium and benzyltributylammonium nitrates
have lower than expected free energies of solution which suggested that at high
concentrations BzBu3NNO3 may participate specifîcally in cation-cation interactions.
The high salt concentrations used for some of the compounds studied here could be
comparable to that experienced at the polymer-anion interface of an ion-exchange resins.
In such resins the quaternary ammonium groups are physically restrained close to each
other along the resin backbone and so cooperative structural enhancement of the
surrounding water seems likely. This effect may pafiially explain why polystyrene resins
possessing quaternary ammonium groups have different ion-exchange properties to the
majority of commercial resins.
The enthalpy of solution can be considered as arising from contributions from both
the lattice enthalpy, AHtat and the enthalpy of hydration ÄH¡y¿ (18)
AHsot-+AH¡¿¡+AH¡y¿
Since the enthalpy of hydration of the benzyltributylammonium cation was not expected
to be significantly different from the other cations considered here, another possible
explanation for benzyltributylammonium nitrates lower enthalpy of solution may result
from an unusual lattice energy when compared to the other salts. If this were the case the
solid state structure of the benzyltributylammonium nitrate salt would be significantly
different. It is hoped that investigations of the solid state structure of these salts will shed
further light on these anomalies.
(6)
Solubility
9.
10
11
12
13.
14.
15.
16.
77
1
2
J
4
5
7
I
6
Literature Cited.
For example, I. N. Levine, Physícal Chemístry,178 (McGraw-Hill: New York
1988).
H. S. Frank, "structural Models", inWater a Comprehensive Treatise.(Ed.F.
Franks),Vol. 1, Chapter 14, (Plenum Press: New York 1972)-
T. S. Sarma and J. C. Ahluwalia, Chem. Soc' Rev.,2,203, (1973).
C. V. Krishnan and H. L. Freidman, J. Phys. Chem.,74(lI),2356, (1970).
W-Y. Wen, "Aqueous Solutions of Symmetrical Tetraalkylammonium Salts", in
Water and Aque ous S olutions, S ¡uc ture, T hermo dy nami cS, and Transport
Processes. (Ed. R. A. Horne), Chapter 15 (Wiley-Interscience: New York1972).
P. W. Atkins, Physical Chemistry 3rd edn. (Oxford University Press: Oxford
1986).
M. H. Abraham, J. Am. Chem. Soc', 104(8), 2085, (1982).
H. Nakayama, H. Kuwata, N. Yamamoto,Y. Akagi and H. Matsui, Bull. Chem.
Soc. Jpn., 62,985, (1989).
S. Lindenbaum and G. E. Boyd,I. Phys. Chem.,68(4), 9lt, (1964).
H. Nakayama, BuIl. Chem. Soc. Jpn', 56, 877, (1983).
H. Nakayama, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 54,3717, (1981).
I. V. Kudryavtseva, K. P. Mishchenko, and G. M. Poltoratskli, Zh. Struct.
Khim., 13(6), 995, (1972).
R. A. Robinson and R. H. Stokes, Electrolyte Solutions, Revised Edn.
(Butterworths: London 1965).
B. J. Steel, A. S. Kayaalp, T. Kurucsev, A. D. Ward and M. B. Jackson, Aust. J.
Chem., 43, 1983, (1990).
S. Lindenbaum,,I. Phys. Chem.,70(3), 814, (1966).
F. Vaslow, "Thermodynamics of Solutions of Electrolytes", inWater and Aqueous
S olutions, S tucture, T he rmo dynamic S, and Tr ansp ort P ro c e sses. (Ed. R. A.
Horne), Chapter 12 (Wiley-Interscience: New Yorkl9l2).
W-Y. Wen and S. Saito, J. Phys. Chem.,68(9), 2639, (1964)-t7
Solubility
18. M. F. C. Ladd, Z.Phys. Chem. (Frankfurt).,J2,91, (1970).
78
19
4
Density and Viscosity.
4.1 Introduction.
There are two reasons why it was of interest to study the viscosity and density of
the benzyltrialkylammonium salts. Firstly, measurements of the nitrate salts were
essential for the correction of l4N nuclear magnetic resonance relaxation times reported in
Chapter 5. Secondly, the viscosity of only two benzyltrialkylammonium chlorides have
been reported in the literature (1,2,3) and extension of measurements to the higher alkyl
derivatives seemed warranted to ensure they exhibited no unusual behavior that could
influence the relaxation rate of bound nitrate ions. Comparison of the nitrate and chloride
salts also gave some insights into the solution properties of these salts by providing
information on ion-solvent and ion-ion interactions.
4.2 Theoretical Basis.
4.2.L Density.
Use of the density of a solution to make inferences about the solution process is
usually carried out in terms of partial molal volumes. The partial molal volume in a two-
component system, V Z is defined as the partial derivative of the total volume with
respect to the number of moles of solute n2, at fixed temperature T, pressure P, and
number of moles of solvent n1.
i r=(#) r,P,n1 (1)
Density and Viscosity 80
In accordance wirh this formal definition, the partial molal volume is the change in
volume when one mole of solute is added to sufficient volume of solvent so that the
concentration remains substantially unchanged.
The partial molal volume is conveniently determined from the apparent molal
volume, Qy, which is dehned as,
(2)
where V is the volume of solution containing n1 moles of solvent and n2 moles of solute,
and V to is the volume of one mole of pure solvent.
In the case of an aqueous solution where the concentration is expressed on the
molality scale it follows that in 10009 of solvent the following relations are valid,
PoP m2
When the concentration is expressed on the molarity scale n2 = C, V = 1000 cm3 and a
similar equation can be derived.
V1o=!!un¿ u=(!eÌ@) (3)
where m2 is the solute molality, M1 is the molecular weight of the solvent, M2 is the
molecular weight of the solute, po is the density of pure solvent and p is the measured
density of the solution.
Substituting into equation 2. enables the apparent molfVolume to be expressed in
the measurable quantities of concentration, m2 and solution density, p.
Qu=tvbPo
1000î2=m2; nl = Ml ;
(4)
(s)
Density and Viscosity
Extrapolation to Infinite Dilution.
81
(6)
(7)
At infinite dilution the apparent molar volume becomes equivalent to the partial
molar volume, ouo = V zo. T*o major extrapolation equations have been suggested. The
mosr commonly cited relation is that of Masson (4,5) who found that in dilute solutions
Qu varies linearly with the square root of the molarity.
0u = quo + Su* {õ
where ouo is the apparent molar volume at infinite dilution and Su* is the experimentally
determined slope.
The main criticism of this equation is that it does not conform with the Debye-
Hückel limiting law which requires that in dilute solutions the slope should approach a
limiting value. For a 1:1 electrolyte in water this value should be 1.868 (6). Redlich and
Meyer's (7) extrapolation equation does take this into account,
Qv=Quo+Svr/C+bvC
where Sy is now the theoretical limiting value of the slope and by is an experimentally
determined fitting parameter.
When equations 6 or 7 are combined with equation 5 one obtains the concentration
dependence of the density as,
p = po. (f4ïuä9") c (#) c vz
p = po. (r4iuuä9") c (ffi) ç3D - (*orô) .,
The first equarion is identical to that derived by Root (8). The quantities Quo and Sy are
always additive while Sy* and by appear only to be additive for simple systems (6,9).
(8)
(e)
Density and Viscosity
4.2.2. Viscosity.
82
(10)
(1 1)
Viscosity is a measure of a liquid's fluidity. It is defined as the proportionality
constant relating the force per unit area F, also known as the shear stress, to the velocity
gradient in a fluid such that,
dvf = ndy
This is a general relationship for a Newtonian fluid, that is a fluid which has a viscosity
which is independent of the velocity gradient. An example of a non-Newtonian fluid
might be one containing rod-like molecules that become oriented by the flow so that they
slide past each other more freely as the velocity gradient increases. However, the majority
of simple solvents can be considered to be Newtonian.
This equation was used by Poiseuille (10) to derive the relationship describing the
flow of Newtonian liquids within a capillary.
n _ n r4(po - pr) t8Vl
qpt1o Poto
where r is the radius of the capillary, (po - pr) is the pressure drop across the capillary, t
is the flow time, I is the length of the capillary and V is the efflux volume. This equation
provides the basis for the measurement of the absolute viscosity of any liquid. In most
applications the relative viscosity, l."l rather than the absolute viscosity, q is measured.
1ìrel = (t2)
Where t and to are the flow times of the sample and calibration solvent, q and no are the
sample and solvent viscosities and p and ps are the corresponding densities.
Density and Viscosity
Viscosity in the Presence of Solute.
Io
83
(14)
(16)
In the presence of solute the viscosity of a solution will be modified with respect to
that of the pure solvent. It is usual to express the variation of relative viscosity t'¡¡s¡ with
molarity C in terms of the Jones and Dole equation.
lì1.lrel=-!-=1+A{C+BC (13)
The A coefficient depends on long range coulombic forces. At concentrations above
0.002M it is usually swamped by the higher contribution from the B coefhcient. The A
coefficient is always positive and can be computed using the Falkenhagen equation (11).
A = o.7536 (ìr1l\4' 4\ 1o¡'o
o_\4.41\ro\zo(\1o +\zo)
Where \10 and \2o are the ionic equivalent limiting conductivities of the cation and the
anlon
The B coeff,rcient is an empirical constant and can be either positive or negative. It is
solvent dependant and therefore incorporates ion-solvent interactions. Application of the
Einstein relation for spheres (12),
1'ìrel= l+25þ (1s)
where 0 is the volume fraction of solute, to the Jones and Dole equation, shows that the
B coefhcient can be related to ion size in solution by
B=aVh
where Vn is the total volume occupied by the solvated ion in dm3 moll and a is related to
the shape of the ion, having a value of 2.5 for sphericai ions and a higher value for other
Densiry and Viscosity U
shapes (13). This equation assumes that the contribution due to A.Iõ can be ignored
without significant error.
The Jones and Dole equation is limited to fairly low concentrations. For
concentrations greater than 0.1 M the extended Jones and Dole equation may be used.
lìflrel='1 - I +Ar/e+B C +DC2 (r7)
Tlo
It is unclear at present what importance if any can be placed on the D coefficient, which is
generally found to be positive. Desnoyers and Perron (14) have suggested it may result
from solute-solute interactions, but it is also likely to include contributions unaccounted
for by the A and B coefhcients.
4.3. Experimental Techniques.
4.3.I Determination of DensitY.
Density measurements were made using the tare method described by Mulcahy (15)
in conjunction with 30 ml Long Stem pycnometers. The pycnometers were initially
calibrated using Milli-Q water (Appendix A4). Solutions were prepared by dissolving a
known weight of solid salt into a known weight of water to produce a stock solution on
which all subsequent dilutions were made. All dilutions were made by weight and the
temperature was controlled using a water bath accurate to 25 + 0.005 oC.
The pycnometers were cleaned between samples using chromic acid, washing four
times with Milli-Q water, then rinsing with AR Methanol and oven dried before use.
Experimentally it was possible to determine the molality m2, and density of any
given solution whereas all the extrapolation equations (eqn.'s 6,7,8,9) required the
concentration in molarity, C. Having determined the density of the solution the
corresponding molarity was calculated using,
omtc(M)=1+oiloft2r\42 (18)
Density and Viscosity 85
Then the molarity and corresponding density were fit to the Root equation, enabling the
apparent molar volume Quo and Su* to be calculated from the resultant fitting parameters
(Appendix A5).
There was no significant gain by fitting the data to the Redlich-Meyer equation and
so the Root equation was used as this enabled more direct comparison with literature
coefficients, which are usually reported as resulting from a Root fit.
The reported densities, tabulated in Appendix 45, are the average of two or more
determinations at each concentration. The method was found to be extremely sensitive to
the measured density below about 0.01 M, and a float method would be required to
extend measurements to much lower concentrations.
4.3.2 Determination of Viscosity.
The viscosity was determined using Ubbelohde viscometers (Fig 4.1.) having flow
times of approximately 380 seconds for pure water at25 oC. The water bath temperature
was accurare to within 0.005 oC and all dilutions were made by weight. Sample flow
times were repeated until three values within 0.1 seconds were obtained. Generally, in
practice much better precision was obtained. Timing was accomplished using an optical
fibre sysrem in conjunction with an electronic timing device designed here (16). Because
the viscosity is highly sensitive to impurities, particular attention was taken in cleaning the
viscometer and purification of the samples. The viscometer was cleaned between runs in a
manner similar to that described for the cleaning of pycnometers and samples were thrice
recrystallised from ethanoVether (Chapter 2).
Stock solutions of the benzyltrialkyammonium salts suitable for viscosity
measurements were prepared by weighing out solid salt and dissolving in a known
weight of water. Solutions were filtered through sintered glass funnels before
introduction into the viscometer. All additions and dilutions were made with Milli-Q water
by weight.
Fig. 4.1. Ubbelohde type viscometer.
Density and Viscosity 87
As was the case with the density measurements, a solution of known molality was
converted to the molarity scale using equation 18. The density required to carry out this
calculation was not determined experimentally, but was calculated using coefficients
obtained from a molality fit of the previously determined densities to the Root equation.
These calculated densities were also used to correct the observed flow times for density,
to obtain the relative viscosity, using equation 12.
The resultant viscosities and corresponding concentrations are tabulated in
Appendix 45, together with the fitting parameters. These data were fit to the Jones and
Dole equation using a non-linear least squares programme (17). The A coefficient was
calculated using the Falkenhagen equation (eqn. 14) from the available limiting ionic
conductivities (18) and was considered for fitting purposes to be a constant.
4,4 Results and Discussion.
4.4.L Partial Molar Volumes.
The density data were fitted to the Root equation (eqn. 8) using the fitting
programme referred to in the previous section (17). From the obtained coefficients the
experimental slope; Su*and the partial molal volume at infinite dilution Quo, were
calculated and are tabulated in Table 4.1.
Fitting of the apparent molar volumes, as calculated from a given density and
concentration using equation 4 or 5, gave extrapolated apparent molar volumes at infinite
dilution Ouo, in good agreement with that obtained by fitting the density to the Root
equation.
Both the chloride and nitrate salts (i9) showed a steady increase in apparent molal
volume with increasing alkyl group length, as expected from an increase in intrinsic
volume. Where comparisons with literature values were possible (2,3) there was good
agreement.- The apparent molar volumes of the cations were calculated by subtraction of the
apparent molar volumes of the anions, taken to be V Z(NOg) = 34.4 cm3 mol-l and
Density and Viscosity
Table 4.1. Calculated coefficients from a fit of density to the Root equation (eqn. 8) foraqueous solutions of benzyltrialkylammonium electrolytes at 25 oC.
Compound u QuO (cm3 mel-l) QuO (lit.) Su* Su* (lit.) ouocation
88
BzMe3N-ClBzEr3N-ClBzPr3N-ClBzBu3N-ClBzPe3N-Cl
BzMe3N-NO3BzEr3N-NO3BzPr3N-NO3BzBu3N-NO3BzPe3N-NO3
170.50 r 0.062tt.4 + 0.3263.8 + 0.3308.4 r 0.1354.6 + 0.2
t82.4 + 0.r226J + 0.2279.3 r 0.3
318.63 t 0.08364.5 + 0.2
tTtb2t6b
-3.86-2.2-7.7-5.9-3.1
+ 0.09+ 0.6+ 0.4+ 0.1+ 0.4
-3.0 b r47.3188.2240.6285.233r.4
148.0t91.7244.9284.3330.1
1.8 + 0.5
2.6 + 0.L4.8 + 0.5
1.6 + 0.11.3 + 1.1
a- The error refers to one standard deviation of the mean. All nitrates coeff,rcientswere determined from data supplied by Guarilloff (19).
b - reference2.
Table 4.2. Viscosity coefhcients of the Jones and Dole equation for aqueous
solutions of benzyltrialkylammonium electrolytes at 25 oC.
Compound a 6b B B (lit.) c Bcadon
BzMe3N-ClBzEt3N-ClBzPryN-ClBzBu3N-ClBzPe¡N-Cl
BzMe3N-NO3BzMe3N-NO3BzEt3N-NO3BzPr3N-NO3BzBu3N-NO3BzPe3N-NO3
0.00740.00740.00780.00830.00860.0089
0.370 + 0.0010.571 + 0.0060.954 + 0.003
1.30 + 0.01t.7t + 0.02
0.331 + 0.0010.338 + 0.002
00.020.0020.010.05
00000
007 1
0075007900820084
0.4130.623
0.3710.5840.961I.307I.717
0.3770.3840.5660.9521.2961.726
0.52 +.906 +t.25 +1.68 +
a - The majority of the nitrate coefhcients were determined from data suppliedby Guarilloff (19).
b - determined from conductance data (8) using the Falkenhagen equation.
c - reference 5.
Density and Viscosity 89
V z(Cf) = 23.2 cm3 mol-l (6). The additivity between chlorides and nitrates was within
the order expected from a Masson fit, * 3 cm3 mol-l (6), although it was of interest to
note that the apparent molar volumes of the nirate associated cations became slightly less
than those of the corresponding chloride cations as the size of the alkyl group was
increased.
This could be attributed to hydrophobic hydration. As the size of the alkyl group
increases, the nitrate salts become more hydrophobic in nature, leading to an increased
clathrate-like cage formation relative to the chloride salts which are not expected to form
clathrate-like cages. The resulting increase in water structure around the ion is expected to
result in a smaller pafiial molar volume than expected due to the loss of free space around
the ion.
The negative value of Sy* for the chlorides is at present apuzzle since generally Sy*
is found to be positive for simple electrolytes. In the case of some salts, such as sodium
carbonare, the negative coefficient was attributed to substantial hydrolysis (9).
However, many tetraalkyammonium halides also exhibit negative coefficients
(1,2,3,15,20). Wen (20) has attributed this to a deficiency of the Debye-Hückel limiting
law, which does not take into account solute-water interactions. It appears that such
interactions are important for tetraalkylammonium salts in dilute solutions and by analogy
may also be important for the benzyltrialkylammonium salts considered here.
It must however, be realised that in the Masson relation the coefficient Su* is little
more th¿m a fitting parameter and no great inferences can as yet be made regarding either
it's sign or magnitude. The values determined here do however, agree with the sign and
trends previously reported from such fits.
4.4.2 Viscosity.
The viscosity data appearing in Appendix 45, corresponding to concentrations
strictly below 0.1 M, were fit to the Jones and Dole equation. The results for the
chlorides appear in Table 4.2. together with the unpublished nitrate coefficients
determined from the data of Guarilloff (19) and the calculated Falkenhagen coefhcients.
Density and Viscosity 90
The B coefficients are of the expected magnitude, being slightly larger than the
corresponding teraalkylammonium chlorides (14). They also exhibit the correct trend, of
increasing magnitude with the size of the compound.
The B coefficients of the cations were calculated assuming additivity. The scale
B(Cl-) = B(K+) = -0.007 was assumed and the B coefficient of the nitrate ion was
calculated from the B coefficient of potassium nitrate (21) assuming additivity to give
B(NO¡-) = -0.0467. The agreement in Bcadon for the two salts is excellent and where
comparisons were possible the values are in good agreement with those previously
reported (1).
The nitrate ion is known to be a structure breaker in water and the slightly lower
Bcarion for the nitrate salts could be a result of this, although the anionic contribution to
the B coefficient should be extremely small when compared to the contribution due to the
large hydrophobic structure making cation.
4.4.3 Cation Size and Hydration.
The Einstein model assumes ions to be spheres in a solvent continuum. If these
assumptions are indeed correct for the benzyltrialkylammonium-water system, B should
be directly proportional to the volume of the ion in solution. From a plot of B versus V as
in Fig. 4.2., the B values appear to be somewhat higher than expected from Einstein's
relation (eqn. 16).
Of course real liquids are not continuous and do contain a certain amount of space
between molecules. Thus movement through the solvent without friction with the solvent
molecules can occur (22). This would cause the contribution to the B coefficient to be less
than that to the apparent molar volumes, and thus we might expect points to be below the
theoretical line. The two methyl derivatives are the only samples which are, and then only
marginally.
One possible explanation for the larger B coefhcients of the higher alkyl derivatives
could be due to departure from sphericity. Space filling models suggest that the
compounds can be considered to be largely spherical in nature and that slight departure
2
I
o
c.)É()
Éo'tt()É
1
0100 200 300 400
V cation (cm3 mol-l)
Fig. 4,2. B coefficients of the cations versus the corresponding apparcnt molar
volumes at infinite dilution. The full line is in accordance with eqn. 16 having an a
value of 2.5 for spherical ions. Circles (o): benzyltrialþlammonium chlorides;
Filled circles (o) : benzyltrialþlammonium nitrates.
(¡
a
t
$
Density and Viscosity 92
from sphericity occurs with the increasing size of the alkyl chain. However, Tuan (22)
has shown that in nonaqueous solutions, similar compounds such as the
tetraalkylammonium salts obey Einstein's relation well. It is tempting, therefore to
suggest that the departure could be due to some specific effect in water, such as
hydration.
In water it is reasonable to assume that the apparent molar volumes are a true
measure of the ion's volume in solution because the value V o it fairly insensitive to
hydration (14). This is because the positive contribution due to hydrophobic hydration
will be closely balanced by a negative contribution to V o du" to the loss of free space
near the non-polar site. Thus the overall change due to hydration on V o will be small and
V o "un
be considered to be a measure of the intrinsic or "true" volume of the bare ion
(14).
Such a compensation is not possible for the B coefficients. Hydrophobic hydration
results in a more structured medium around the ion which hinders movement through the
solvent and results in a positive contribution to B.
Rearrangement of the Einstein relation (eqn. 16) gives,
vny¿ = 4ooB (1e)
where V¡y¿ is the hydrated volume of the ion in cm3 mol-l. It is now possible to
approximate the volume of water around each ion by subtraction of the partial molar
volume of the solution at infinite dilution.
Vw=Vhyd- vzo (20)
The volume of one water molecule was taken to be 30 Ã3 QÐ equivalent to a volume of
18 cm3 mol-l. The approximate hydration number h, for the cation, was then calculated in
a manner similar to that of Kurucsev QÐ. The results of such calculations appear in
Table 4.3.
Density and Viscosity 93
Table 4.3. Shape and hydration numbers of aqueous solutions ofbenzyltrialkylammonium salts at 25 oC.
Compound Bcarion Quocotion Vw
(cm3 mol-l) (cm3 mol-l)vny¿
(cm3 mol-l¡
h
BzMe3N-ClBzEt3N-ClBzPr3N-ClBzBu3N-ClBzPe3N-Cl
BzMe3N-NO3BzEr3N-NO3BzPr3N-NO3BzBu¡N-NOsBzPe3N-NO3
0.3770.5840.9611.302I.717
0.3770.5660.9521.29ø1.726
150.8233.6384.4522.8686.8
150.8226.4380.8518.4690.4
147.3188.2240.6285.233t.4
148.079t.7244.9284.3330.1
3.545.4
t43.8237.6355.4
2.834.7
135.9234.r360.3
02-3
8l320
0281320
Table 4.4. Estimates of Cation Radii
compound R. (Å) u R, b Re (Å) c Ru (Å) d
BzMe3N-ClBzEr3N-ClBzPr3N-ClBzBu3N-ClBzPe3N-Cl
BzMe3N-NO3BzE13N-NO3BzPr3N-NO3BzBu3N-NO3BzPe3N-NO3
2.843.4r4.124.695.1 1
3.404.t24.695.1 1
4.O34.304.6r4.915.19
4.O34.304.6r4.915.19
3.9r4.525.345.926.48
3.904.485.325.906.49
3.884.214.574.845.08
3.894.244.604.835.08
2.84
a - R, is the radius calculated from the available conductance data fromreference 18 using Stokes' Law. (eqn.22).
b - Modified in the manner of Robinson and Stokes (23).
c - Rg is the radius calculated from the B coeffrcients.
d - Ru is the radius estimated from the apparent mola¡ volumes.
Density and Viscosity 94
The calculated hydration numbers are quite reasonable when compared to those of
simple electrolyte solutions (23,24) and the agreement between the chlorides and nitrates
is excellent. The methyl derivatives are apparently not hydrated and therefore agree well
with expected theory. As the size of the alkyl chain increases, however, the extent of
hydration increases causing the resultant departure from Einstein's relation.'
From the two calculated volumes in Table 4.3. it is possible to calculate the
corresponding radii of the cation if sphericity is assumed. It is also possible to calculate
approximate radii from the Stokes-Einstein relation using the limiting conductance of the
ions reported by Steel et al. (18). The Stokes-Einstein equation relates
coefficients to the effective hydrodynamic radius of a spherical particle,
dir(,f"" {¡
lrl
and leads to,
D= kr6nqRg
(2r)
(22)
where e is the elementary charge, F is Faraday's constant, \ao is the limiting ionic
conductivity of the cation in S m2 equiv-l and q is the viscosity of water taken to be
8.904 xl}-2 poise. This is useful because it provides three independent methods for the
calculation of radii and a good method of checking the accuracy of the results, since the
radius of the cation should remain largely independent of the method of determination.
The Stokes radii are usually much less than the radii estimated by other methods.
This is because the Stokes-Einstein relation (eqn. 21) is not valid for the motion of
smaller ions (23,25). Stokes' law seems to be correct only for ions having a radius
greater than about 5 ,&, and Robinson and Stokes have used the tetraalkylammonium salts
in water to produce a correction curve for ions with a Stokes radius smaller than this (23).
Their data were fit to a quadratic and the coefficients used to obtain the "modified" Stokes
radii in Table 4.4.
It can be seen that all the radii a¡e of the same magnitude and agree closely with the
radii expected from space filling models. The radii determined from viscosity being
slightly larger due to hydration. This is clearly seen from a plot of Rg versus Ry as in
o<
Êq
ú
7
6
5
4
3
76322
4 5
nv (Å)
Fig. 4.3. Cation radii determined from viscosity B coefficients versus the
corresponding radii calculated from apparent molar volumes. The full line
represents the theoretical 1:1 relationship between the ¡wo radii.
r Tetraalkylammonium salts in acetonitrile (reC.22).
tr Tetraalkylammonium salts in water (refs.22 and23).
o Benzyltrialkylammonium chlorides in water (this work).
d
o
I
o
t
Density and Viscosity 96
Fig. 4.3. The tetraalkylammonium salts in acetonitnle (22) show excellent a'greement
since hydration is not possible, while both the tetraalkylammonium salts and the
benzyltrialkylammonium salts show clear departure from linearity.----
4.5 Conclusion //
The trends observed in the apparent molar volumes and B coefficients for the
benzyltrialkyammonium salts are not markedly different from the tetraalkylammonium
salts. It appears that the salts exhibit increasing hydration with the increasing size of the
alkyl group. This is consistent with the increasing clathrate-like cage structure proposed
in Chapter 3 to explain the unusual solubility results. Such a monotone increase was also
observed in the association constants obtained from conductance measurements (18). The
combination of these two results suggest that hydrophobic hydration of the cation plays a
role in determining association.
â+I
Density and Viscosity
Literature Cited.
10.
11.
12.
t3.
C. Yatome and Y. Takase, Sen-l Gakkaishi,30(l), 54, (1974).
C. Yatome, Y. Yamaguichi and Y. Takase, Sen-l Gakkaishi,3l(4),55, (1975).
C. Yatome and Y. Takase, Sen-l Gakkaíshi,32(4),69, (1976).
D. O. Masson, Phí\. Mag., 7(8), 2I8, (1929).
A.F. Scott, J. Phys. Chem.,35,2315, (1931).
F. J. Millero, "The Partial Molal Volumes of Electrolytes in Aqueous Solutions",
in W ater a nd A que o us S o luti o ns : S tuc tur e, T he rmo þ natni c s, a nd T r ansp or t
Processes. (Ed. R.A. Horne), Chapter 13 (\Miley-Interscience: New YotkL972).
O. Redlich and D. M. Meyer, Chem. Rev.,64(3),221, (1964).
W. C. Root, J. Amer. Chem..Soc., 55, 850, (1933).
H. S. Harned and B. B. Owe n,The Physical Chemistry of Electrolyte Solutions,
Amer. Chem. Soc. Monogr. No. 137, (Reinhold Publishing: New York 1958).
J. Poiseuille, Mém. Savants Étangers,7,l05, (1841) ; 109, 385, (1860).
H. Falkenhagen and E.L. Vernon, Z. Physik.,33, 140, (1932).
A. Einstein , Ann. Phys., L9,289, (1906) i 34, 59L, (1911).
P. V/. Atkins, Physical Chemistry 3rd ed. (Oxford University Press: Oxford
1986).
J. E. Desnoyers and G. Perron, J. Sol. Chem.,l(3), 199, (1972).
D. E. Mulcahy, PhD Thesis, University of Adelaide, (1967).
B. J. Steel, J. Sci. Instr., 42,751, (1965).
T. Kurucsev, J. Chem. Educ., 55, I28, (1978).
B. J. Steel, A. S. Kayaalp, T. Kurucsev, D. Wa¡d and M. B. Jackson, Aust. J'
Chem., 43, 1983, (1990).
P. Guarillofl PhD Thesis, University of Adelaide, (1994).
W-Y. Wen and S. Saito, J. Phys. Chem.,70(5), 1473, (1966).
t4.
15.
16.
17.
18.
t9
97
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
20
Density and Viscosity 98
21. R. H. Stokes and J. Mills, "Viscosity of Electrolytes and Related Properties",
inThe Internationnl Encyclopedia of Physical Clumistry and Chemical Physics
(Eds. E. A. Guggenheim, J.E. Mayer and F. C. Tomkins) 3/16, (Pergamon Press:
Oxford 1965).
22. D. F. Tuan and R. M. Fuoss, J. Phys. Chem., 67, L343, (1963).
23. R. A. Robinson and R. H. Stokes, Electrolyte Solutions 3rd ed. (Butterworths:
25
London 1959).
T. Kurucsev, A. M. Sargeson , and B. O. West, J. Phys. Chem.,6l, L567,
Q2Ð.'--'J. T. Edward, J. Chem. Educ.,47,261, (1970).
Nucleør Magnelic Resonance 100
In this chaprer the relaxation times of some simple nitrate salts were initially
examined and the results compared with those of Nicholas and V/asylishen (8). The
measurements were then extended for some salts, to cover a range of concentrations, so
that an estimate of the equilibrium constant could be obtained and compared with literature
values.
Previous studies of the conductance of the monomeric benzyltrialkylammonium
nitrates had shown that the association constants in aqueous solution were small (6). Here
nmr relaxation times of these same salts were used to confirm this result. It was shown
that nmr could be used as a useful analytical tool to probe molecular rotation and ion
association over a range of concentrations and that all results could be interpreted almost
exclusively in terms of ion association.
The relaxation times of nitrate in the presence of the corresponding linear chloride
polymers were then examined and the results compared with a concurrent study using
emf measurements (10). Finally, the effect of the degree of cross-linking on nitrate
rotation was investigated.
5.2 Theory.
5.2.1 Nuclei within a Magnetic Field.
The nuclei of many atoms are known to be spinning about an axis and are said to
possess "spin", symbolised by the spin quantum number, I. Such nuclei will therefore
possess angular momentum and may adopt 2I+1 orientations within a magnetic field; each
characterized by an angular momentum quantum number, DI = I, I-1, ..... , -f as
illlustrated in Fig. 5.1. A charged particle spinning about an axis constitutes a circular
electric cuffent which generates a magnetic dipole. All nuclei with nuclear spin (I > l/2)
behave as such a charged spinning particle and the magnitude of the dipole, called the
magnetic moment p is given by,
p=sBNüïTÐ-Jr-1 (1)
Ho zz
+1
mr=41 ml=0 mr=-l
Fig. 5.1. The permitted orientations of angular momentum for I = I in an applied
magnetic field, Hs.
Ho
m=-1 m=+1
AE
m=0 m=0
m=+1 m=-1
z
,'+//l.T
zeÍo magneticfield
magnetic fieldapplied
Fig. 5.2. 14N nucleus for I = I showing the three energy levels of the nucleus and the
three corresponding magnetic moments in the presence of an applied magnetic field.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 102
where g is an experimentally determined value, characteristic of each nucleus, called the
nuclea¡ g factor and B¡ is the nuclear magneton; equal to 5.050 x 10-27 J T-1.
In the absence of an applied magnetic field all of the spin states are degenerate.
However, when the nucleus is subjected to an external magnetic field, H6, there is an
interaction between the applied field and the magnetic dipole of the nucleus which causes
the degeneracy to be lifted.
The nuclear spin axis is usually taken to be the z axis and p has 2I+1 orientations
with respect to the nuclear spin axis corresponding to 2I+L energy states. The energy
difference, for spectroscopically allowed transitions, between two adjacent spin states
when Àm1= t I is given bY,
AE=ISBNHOI¡ = I gBNHOI g' (2)
For the 14N nucleus having I=1 the situation is fully illustrated in Fig. 5.2.
Thus a change of spin is associated with the emission or absorption of energy at a
given frequency which is proportional to the applied magnetic field. This frequency is
specific for a given nucleus and is known as the Larmor frequency, olo.
t! Hoú)^ = ------r-----i-_ HZ = AE" 2n r/t (t + t)
(3)
It is no accident that the Larmor frequency is identical to the energy required to induce a
transition in spin state. The interaction of p and Hs induces a torque in the magnetic
moment of the nucleus given by,
Torque = f = F x Ho= It Ho sin 0
The direction of the torque, as given by the right hand rule, is perpendicular to the plane
of p and Ho, and causes the magnetic moment of the nucleus to rotate, or precess,
about Ho, Fig. 5.3. Thus o16 is known as the Larmor precessional frequency and a beam
of energy having a frequency equal to the Larmor frequency will interact coherently with
(4)
Z
Ho
u
X
v
Fig. 5.3. The interaction of Ho and p induces a torque T in the direction of the y axis
lþ"tof+r€ry-hich causes the magnetic moment to precess about the z axis at
frequency <os.
^-2L+
^-
Fig. 5.4. Schematic representation of ca¡bon monoxide showing back-to-back dipole
moments.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 104
the nucleus and cause transitions from one energy level to another, while a beam of any
orher frequency will cause no such transition. This is the basic principle of nmr. In
practice the nuclei are bathed in a radiation of a fixed frequency of say 300 MHz and the
radiation beam is swept over a range of frequencies until resonance occurs.
5.2.2 Relaxation and Quadrupole Effects.
In an applied magnetic field Hs, the population of the different spin states is
governed by the Boltzmann distribution.
(s)
In the case of nuclei AE is very small and this ratio is very close to unity. That is the
population of the spin states are almost identical. The fact that the lower energy state will
always be slightly more populated makes nmr possible, because if at any time the
population states do become equal, then the probability of upward and downward
known as 2-
Nffi=exP( *-)
transitions also and no more absorbance can occur.
saturation.{owever, resonance spectra do not vanish as they are observed and this
implies that there must be a mechanism for returning nuclei to a lower energy spin state.
The mechanism by which excess spin energy is shared between the surroundings
and other nuclei is known as a relaxation process and the time taken for a fraction
(Ue = 0.37) of the excess spin energy to be dissipated is known as the relaxation time.
For nuclei two different relaxation processes are possible. The excess energy can be
shared with the surroundings; the lattice, by spin-lattice or longitudinal relaxation
characterized by the relaxation time, T1. Alternatively, the excess energy can be shared
with other nuclei by spin-spin or transverse relaxation cha¡acterized by the relaxation
time, T2.
In liquids Tt=TzandT1 can have alarge range of values, 10-4 - 10 seconds
(11). In general T1 reflects the lifetime of a particular spin state and the smaller the value
the more effrcient is the relaxation process.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 105
One of the most efficient means of relaxation is quadrupole relaxation. All nuclei
with spin ) 1, such as 14N, possess an electric quadrupole moment which arises because
the nuclear charge is not spherically distributed. The electric quadrupole moment is a
measure of the departure from sphericity, being positive for egg shaped nuclei, negative
for tangerine shaped nuclei and zero when the distribution is spherical (I= l/2,0). The
electric quadrupole moment may be considered as two dipoles placed back to back. Take
for example carbon dioxide Fig. 5.4., which has no perrnanent dipole moment but does
possess a perrnanent quadrupole moment. The nuclear electric quadrupole moment, Q,
interacts with the fluctuating electric field gradient, eq, at the nucleus and effects the
orientation of p providing an additional relaxation pathway for nuclear spin. For many
nuclei this will be the dominant form of relaxation.
5.2.3. Relaxation and Rotational Correlation Times.
In the extreme narrowing limit, (2ærofs<<l), the spin lattice relaxation rate is
given by (12,13),
I3T1 =10 "'(iã\) (") ('.?)" (6)
where X = #, is the nuclea¡ quadrupole coupling constant expressed in Hz, and ( is
an asymmetry factor which describes the extent of the nuclear quadrupole coupling
constant's (NQCC) departure from cylind¡ical symmetry. tc is the rotational correlation
time. Although not strictly correct, Tc cÍur be defined as the time taken for a molecule to
rotate through an angle of 1 rad (57o).
The nitrate ion exhibits anisotropic rotation due to its oblate shape. In aqueous
solution the ion can be considered to have D3¡ slmmetry and the rotational motion can be
charactenzed by the times for the perpendicular and parallel rotations (t1and t¿) about
the principle axis (Fig. 5.5). In the xy plane the nitrogen nucleus is symmetrically bound
to three oxygen atoms and the largest component of the electric field gradient is
perpendicular to the ion plane, correspondlng to the largest component of the inertial
Z
tI
I Xtt
I0
oXI>X+
I
I
I
I
V
0/
v
Fig 5.5. Coordinate axis system for the nitrate anion.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 107
tensor (14). Under these conditions the asymmetry factor becomes zero and equation 6
reduces to,
+=t "z e+e)r,, (7)
where tl is the correlation time for rotation about the C2 axis.
A rotating molecule will have an inherent rotational correlation time to, due only
to its moment of inertia. In solution the liquid phase has viscosity, which slows rotation,
and causes the observed t to be greater than that of the free ion. The molecule therefore
possesses a rotational correlation time which has components resulting from both inertial
and diffusional effects.
1ç=f6*Îy (8)
For most molecules fe is zero, or small and positive, and rotation in a liquid can be
considered to be almost exclusively viscosity dependent.
The Stokes-Einstein-Debye equation relates the rotational correlation time to
viscosity and is given by,
, =! T! ^t (e)uc -3 kr'
where a is the molecular radius and k is the Boltzmann constant. By comparison of
equations 6 and 9 it has been concluded that the quantity nTl should be concentration
independent for a non-associating solute (15). Any departure from linearity has thus been
attributed to ion association. ,AA u, Cr., Lr,.-r,
In the simplest mode on time is considered to be a,Ðrylon
otf'!futnerelaxation #; "nl'Crl.
There are two limiting cases
dependent upon the rate of chemical exchange relative to the rate of molecular rotation.
When chemical exchange is relatively slow:
N uclear Magnetic Rcsonance 108
1_4,Tt - T1 bound '
(10)
(12)
and whenever chemical exchange is relatively fast:
T1 = T1 bound A + T1 free (1 - A) (1 t)
where A is the mole fraction of nitrate bound.
5.2.4. Equilibrium Constants.
From the concentration dependence of the relaxation times it should be possible to
obtain an estimate of the equilibrium conStânt, K4.
For a 1:1 electrolyte, MX, the equilibrium is,
M++No¡-SrurNo,
characterized by the thermodynamic equilibrium constant
where A is the fraction of nitrate bound, p is the mean ionic activity and C is the
concentration on the molar scale. The equation assumes that the activity of the uncharged
species does not differ greatly from unity.
For a 2:1 electrolyte, MX2, the complex associates in two stages and the
equilibrium is slightly more complicated due to the formation of a charged mononitrate
species in solution.
vr2+ +No¡- I [MNo¡]+ I vr(Nor)t
Nuclear Magnelic Resonance 109
The equilibrium can be simplifîed if K1 is taken to be so small that the salt dissociates
complerely in solution. That is if the species M(NOl)z does not exist in solution. Under
these conditions it follows that
(13a)
Where K5 is the stoichiometric association constant. Multiplying both the numerator and
the denominator by fNO¡-) converts the individual ionic activity coefficients to the mean
ionic activity coefficients of the 2:1 electrolyte M(NO¡)z and the 1:1 electrolyte
(MNO¡+)NO:-.
(t3b)
(14b)
(1s)
(L4a)
=Ks xz 1t:1)
y*3 qz:t¡
While rhe mean ionic activity coefficients of the species M(NO:)z are readily available in
most rexts the mean ionic activity coefficients of the 1:1 species (MNO¡+)NO3- is not
known, although it is expected to deviate substantially from unity.
Assuming unit activity an estimate of the thermodynamic association constant can
be obtained by extrapolation to infinite dilution of
vlMNOa+)KA: Ks x yoþ¡lñ; x
Klt (2:1) = Ksy+3 (2:l)
y(No¡-)
r(No¡-)
An alternative is to make some specific assumption regarding the activity of the
(MNO¡+)NO3- species. It is reasonable to suspect that the mean ionic activity coefficients
will be similar to those of other simple 1:1 electrolytes. The ammonium nitrate salt was
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 110
chosen as it is non associating and of similar size to that expected for MNO3+.
Substitution gives
3 (NH¿No¡)K¡2 (2:1) = Ks x
y+3 (zir)
Again extrapolation to infinite dilution allows estimation of the thermodynamic
association constant.
A further complication may a¡ise if there is signif,rcant ion association in solution
(16). This seems more likely to occur in 2:I electrolytes due to an increased charge
density relative to 1:1 electrolytes. Such ion association will cause a substantial decrease
in the observed activity coefficients. Similarly, the ionic strength, I, will be reduced
below 3C due to ion pair formation.
(16)
(17)I=(3 -2¡^)C
The decrease in the activity coefficients relative to the "nomal" activity coefficients in the
absence of any association is expected to be directly proportional to the fraction of nitrate
bound. It follows rhat multiplication of equation 16 by the fraction of nitrate free will
correct the activity factor. This gives a third estimate of the association constant for a2:I
electrolyte.
(18)
The use of this correction removed the concentration dependence of the apparent
association constants, but did not substantially alter the extrapolated estimates of the
thermodynamic association constants.
Analogous equations to those described above can be written for the molal scale
by substitution of molal concentrations and molal activity coefficients. Where possible the
molar concentration scale was adopted in this work for ready comparison with literature
KA3 (2:1) = Ks. vt3 !NIì:¡l x (1 - e¡3y*s (2:l)
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 111
values. In theory, at infinite dilution both concentration scales should yield identical
results.
5.3 Experimental Methods.
5.3.1 Solution Preparation.
Solutions suitable for nmr measurements were prepared by weight from vacuum
dried salts dissolved in Milti-Q water. Where a series of concentrations were required the
dilutions were made by weight from a common stock solution. All solutions contained
10Vo D2O w/w, which was necessary to provide an internal deuterium lock for the nmr
spectrometer. Immediately prior to running the spectra the solutions were filtered through
a simple wool plug, placed in a pipette, directly into a clean Wilmald type 513pp 10mm
nmr tube. All molalities were converted to molarities using the previously determined
density coefficients (Appendix A5), or available literature values in the case of simple
nitate salts.
5.3.2 Density and Viscosity.
The experimental methods for the determination of viscosity and density have
been fully described in Chapter 4. In order to correct the relaxation times of the monomer
analogues it was necessary to extend these measurements to the higher concentration
ranges covered by the nmr measurements. The density and viscosity of the
benzyltrialkylammonium nitrate salts were largely available from Guarilloff (10) and the
benzyltrimethylammonium nitrate was the only salt requiring the viscosity measurements
to be extended to higher concentrations and was determined here (Appendix A5). All
viscosity data were fit to the extended Jones and Dole equation and the resultant
coeffrcients appeil in Appendix 45. The density coefhcients of the nitrate salts previously
described in Chapter 4 and Appendix A5 were considered sufficient for the correction of
the viscosity.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance ll2
The main concern with the available viscosity and density coefficients was that
they related to salts dissolved in pure water, whereas the nm¡ solutions contained 107o
D2O. Since the viscosity and density of water and deuterium oxide are fairly similar this
was not believed to introduce a significant elror. For example, consider the density of
water and deuterium oxide, p(HzO) =0'997048 and p(D2O) = 1'10445 I cm-3 (17)' The
percentage difference between the two is around ll%o,but since solutions were 9ÙVoHZO
this reduces to only about a l7o difference. Even under optimum conditions errors in T1
are greater than3To.It was found that for simple nitrate salts it made very little difference
if literature values of density and viscosity in pure water were used in place of the
experimentally determined density and viscosity of lOVo DZO solutions on which
experiments were actually performed (10).
The viscosity and density measurements of the linea¡ polymers were performed
on the actual solutions used in the nmr experiment, using the standard methods
previously described in Chapter 4.
5.3.3 Design of the Spin-lattice Relaxation Experiment.
The determination of spin-lattice relaxation times, T1, consuûle a considerable
amount of spectrometer time. It was therefore of interest to design the experiment in such
a manner to reduce the total time of determination while retaining a high degree of
precision. The two main areas where optimization was possible were in the choice of
pulse sequence and the choice, number and disfibution of the delay times, r¡.
Choice of Pulse sequence.
Several different pulse sequences have been used successfully in the
determination of relaxation times and the most conìmon a.re summarized in Table 5.1. The
total time for each experiment has also been calculated, ignoring any time involved in the
Table 5.1. Methods for the determination of spinJattice relaxation times.
Method Pulse Sequence Total Time
Inversion Recovery(rRFT) (20,2r).
Freeman-Hill modificationof Inversion Recovery(FH-rRFT) (79,2r).
Saturation Recovery(SRFT) (20,21).
(180o-t¡90o-Tuq-Tdn T=n^ ( Tr,+Tuo+T¿)i=0
(, T;' + 2(r^r+ rd)(I¿- 1 80o-t1-90o-Taq-T¿-90o-T¿q)¡
r.h
>2HSP+ti+=0
(90o-HSP-t¡90o-T¿q-HSP)¡ T=n x ( ruq)
T=nX
Progressive Saturation(PSFr) (21).
(90o-t¡HSP)n
In the symbolic notation adopted in this table, 18@ and 90o represent the respective flip angles, ti represents the delay times, T¿q
represents the aquisition time, T¿ represents the delay or recylce time necessary to allow full recovery between scans and HSPdenotes a homospoiling pulse. Nl is the number of delay times and n is the number of scans at each delay.
1= (n+3) * ( Tnsp *., )i=0
Nucleør Magnetic Resonance ll4
storing of data to computer, which would be constant for a given instrumental setup and
independent of the pulse sequence chosen.
It can be seen that the FHIRFT sequence is the most time consuming of all the
pulse sequences. It is also less sensitive than the IRFT sequence (18). For long T1's or
where time is not important it is thought to be the most accurate method of determination
(le).
In contrast the quickest pulse sequence is PSFT. It is also less sensitive than the
IRFT sequence and is restricted to fairly long relaxation times, because the sequence
requires ri > Taq. The sequence is also restricted to samples for which T2 << T1. Its main
weakness, however, is that in order to obtain accurate values for T1, stringent attention
must be made to the precise setting of the 90o flip angle.
The SRFT sequence is of similar speed to the PSFT sequence, and is less
sensitive to an inaccurate setting of the 90o flip angle. The SRFT sequence is generally
faster than the IRFT sequence and its main drawback involves the use of homospoiling
pulses which are necessary to remove residual x,y magnitization and reduce non linea¡
phase erors. Their use may preclude the use of Autoshimming on some instruments.
The most widely reported method for the determination of T1 relaxation times is
the IRFT sequence. This is most likely due to the method's general applicability to a wide
range of T1's. The IRFT sequence is twice as sensitive as the SRFT or PSFT methods
and like the SRFT sequence, pulse angle settings are less critical. Its main drawback is
that a maximum T1 must be known prior to running the experiment since the sequence
requires Taq * T¿ > 5Tt. However, when T1 is small this condition can easily be fulfilled
by choosing a moderately large delay time T6, around 1 s for nirogen nuclei.
In summary, the choice of pulse sequence was made after consideration of the
magnitude of the relaxation time, the precision required, spectrometer availability and the
technical capabilities of the instrument in both operation and data acquisition. The IRFT
sequence was found to be the most appropriate and accurate method of determination and
was adopted here.
N uclear Magnetic Resonance
Choice of Delay Times.
115
One obvious area for optimization is in the choice of delay times t¡; the shorter the
delay times the shorter the whole experiment. While some researchers have reported delay
times in the range 3Tt < T¿ < 7Tt it is now accepted that f¡¡¿¡¡ = 3.5 Tt is usually
sufficient to ensure an accurate determination of Tt (20,2I).
When all other conditions are equal the accuracy of T1 is proportional to the signal
to noise ratio and hence {n where n is the number of repeat scans at each delay. The
question which arises is whether it is better to have a few t1 values with a high S/l.{; or a
large number of t1 with a lower S/N, In general provided the S/N ratio is greater than
about 10 - 15, precision is improved by increasing the number of t¡ at the expense of
some S¡r¡ (20,21) where the distribution of t¡ does not necessarily have to be uniform
(1e).
5.3.4 NMR.
The laN nrnr spectra were obtained on a Bruker CXP300 spectrometer using a
broad band variable temperature 10 mm probe (10mm VSP BB probe) operating at2l.66
MHz. The temperarure was maintained at 298.2 + 0.3 K using a nitrogen flow. All spin
lattice relaxation times were determined using the standard inversion recovery pulse
sequence (IRFT) described above (18). Typical acquisition conditions included a 90o
pulse width of 80 ps with a 5000 Hz spectral width, 8K data points, and a recycle time,
Td = 1s. All Tr values were calculated from peak heights obtained at 12 or more T delays,
using a non-linear least squares fitting programme (22).Depending on the concentration
between 12 - 1500 scans at each delay were required to ensure a signal to noise ratio for
Tæ grearer than 50:1.2M Ca(NO¡)Z was used to assign the reference frequency, set
arbitrarity to zero, and for initial tuning, all other chemical shifts were measured relative
to this.
N uclear Magnetic Resonance ll6
5.4 Results and Discussion.
5.4.1 Relaxat¡on in Simple Nitrate Salts.
In order to rest that the method reported by Nicholas and Wasylishen (8,23) was
suitable for use with the available nmr hardwa¡e and softwa¡e, the relaxation times of a
number of simple nirates were investigated. The results appearing in Table 5.2. were in
good agreement with those of Nicholas and Wasylishen (8). The salts chosen represent a
wide range of simple nitrate salts. Ammonium and potassium nitrate a¡e believed to be
non-associating while sodium nitrate is slightly associating at high concentrations.
Calcium and lead nitrate have been included as examples of two salts having higher
degrees of association in aqueous solutions even at lower concentrations.
For these simple salts the number of scans were controlled to give a SA{ ratio in
most instances greater than 125:1. This was thought to be suff,rcient to ensure accurate T1
determinations and no significant improvement was gained by increasing the number of
scans for the same number of delay times. The values of T1 appearing in Table 5.2. were
determined from a non-linear least squares fit of delay times and peak intensities to
equation 19.
rx = r- (r - ze *p (+)) (1e)
where Ix is the peak intensity corresponding to a given tau value f¡, I- is the peak
intensity at infinite time, corresponding to the equilibrium magnetization and A is a
scaling factor approximately equal to unity (18). The final values of T1, A and f-, were
always found to be independent of the initial estimates.
As previously mentioned the solutions were preparedas lÙVoDzO/HzO mixtures.
Gua¡illof.f (10) had shown that there was no signifrcant difference between T1's corrected
using experimental viscosities and densities or T1's corrected using literature values for
ninate salts in pure water. Guarilloff used the viscosity parameters reported by Jones and
Talley (25) to correct his experimental relaxation times. These parameters were from a fit
N uclear Magnetic Resonance
Table 5.2.Effect of counterion on spin-lattice relaxation times of some simple nitrate
salts in water at 25 oC.
Cation c (m) Tlr T1 corr. (ms) a Tr (ps)
tr7
NH¿+
K+
K+
Na+
Ca2+
Pb2+
0.09800.9771
0.09310.8831
0.10731.0082
0.10440.9924
0.09911.0183
0.1 1050.9568
0.994sb0.9653 b
0.997 ac0.980r c
0.9960 d
0.917 oa
1.0066 e
l.O626e
1.0193 fI.298¿,r
117.0 + 6.699.3 + 4.0
t21.5 + 10.689.2 + 5.6
t09.r + 7.386.5 + 4.2
104.5 + 3.1
83.6 + 2.9
77.9 + 5.337.9 + 1.0
55.7 + 1.8
29.0 + 0.5
1.04 + 0.051.24 + 0.O5
1.00 + 0.141.36 t 0.09
r.tz + 0.071.41 + 0.06
1.16 + 0.031.46 + 0.05
1.56 + 0.103.21t 0.09
2.18 + 0.074.20 + 0.07
1.015181.2407I
a-
b-
c-
d-
e-
f
In calculating the error in T1 corr. = 1'ìr x T1 expt. a standa¡d error in 1¡ of 0.002
was assumed. The standard error in T1 expt. was determined from a least
squares fit of intensity and tau values.
The viscosi e
polynomial e
wai treated the
molarity to the molality scale. The temperature was taken to be 25 oC.
From reference 10. The solutions were only 57o DZOIEI2O and the viscosityappearing in the table was determined experimentally.
Calculated using viscosity parameters reported by Jones and Talley (25).
Interpolated from data in reference 26.
Interpolated from data in reference2T.
Calculated from a fit of available data (28) to an appropriate polynomial.(v-Þ
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 118
to the Jones and Dole equation and as such are only valid up to 0.1 M. At high
concentrations the slight departure between experimental and literature corrected
relaxation time resulted from this, rather than any real difference between the relaxation
tlmes.
The experimentally determined relaxation times were corrected for viscosity using
the available literature values for salts in pure water. The magnitude of the correction was
directly proportional to the viscosity of the solution and provided the concentration was
fairly small, such that the relative viscosity was close to unity, the correction also
remained small and much less than the inherent elror in Tt. Thus the correction can safely
be ignored if only qualitative inferences are to be made. However, it should be possible
to use relaxation data to obtain a quantitative estimate of association. In this case the
corection is required in order to obtain true thermodynamic estimates of association
constants and was therefore applied throughout this work.
Although within the expected experimental error, the relaxation times determined
here were consistently smaller than those obtained by Nicholas and V/asylishen (8). This
suggests some systematic difference between the two determinations. The measurements
of Nichotas and Wasylishen were performed at 23 + 2 oC, while in this study the
remperarure was slightly higher, 25.O + 0.3 oC. The higher temperature would be
expected to increase rotation and decrease ion pairing; both of which should result in
larger observed relaxation times. This is directly opposite to the observed difference. The
work of Nicholas and Wasylishen differs from this study in two more important aspects.
Their values correspond to the molarity scale and make no allowance for the viscosity of
the solution. In a recent study relaxation times determined by Nakahara et al. (29) have
also been observed to be consistently smaller than those of Nicholas and'Wasylishen.
V/here comparisons were possible the relaxation times determined here are virtually
identical to those reported by Nakahara et aI. (29).
Even given that the data of Nicholas and Wasylishen (8) are not strictly
comparable, relaxation times agree within the expected experimental error and follow
exactly the same trends. For a given cation the relaxation time of the nitrate ion decreased
with an increase in concentration. This was consistent with greater association at the
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance I 19
higher concentration. In general, for a given concentration, the relaxation time also
decreased with the suspected complexing power of the cation. In discussions of
relaxation times and the complexing powers of cations, it is important to remember that
the observed T1 represent the average relaxation time due to all species in solution,
making interpretation difficult if speciation is unusually complex.
If there is significant association and the lifetimes of the distinct species are
sufficiently long, then it should be possible to obtain two distinct signals corresponding
ro the bound and bulk nitrate. Large chemical shifts have been observed for bound and
bulk nitrate ions using 15N nmr, but only when they were coordinated to paramagnetic
ions such as the trivalent lanthanide ions (30,31,32,33). The shifts are due almost
exclusively to the presence of unpaired electrons in these metal ions and parallel their
magnetic moments. None of the cations in this work were paramagnetic so resolution of
distinct peaks on this ground was unexpected.
Another consideration is temperature. Fratiello et al. (33) used fairly low
temperatures C80 oC to -90 oC ) where the rate of exchange would be lower. All spectra
in this work were recorded at ambient temperatures (25.0 oC + 0.3 oC), where the rate of
exchange would be much faster. Indeed only single peaks were observed for all samples
considered here. Even spectra recorded at a greatly expanded sweep width failed to
indicate the presence of any other signals. It is unknown if lowering the temperature
would resolve the observed signal into distinguishable bound and bulk signals. Lowering
the temperature to such an extent would however pose technical problems for aqueous
solutions, which would freeze at these temperatures. Nicholas and Wasylishen (23)
recorded the spectra of 1 M NaNO3, in the absence of paramagnetic ions, at -4 oC
without mention of resolution.
The rotational corelation times were calculated from equation 7 using NQCC
(1¿Ð = 745 k]Frz (34). This choice assumes firstly that NQCC in aqueous solution is
identical to the value measured in the solid state and secondly that NQCC remains
unaffected by association. The first statement has been shown to be correct by Gourdji et
al. (34).
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 120
The rotational correlation times of some of the more concentrated solutions can be
compared with values obtained using Raman spectroscopy. Spectra of 1.0 M solutions of
sodium and ammonium nitrate have been determined at 29 + 1.5 oC by Kato et al. (35).
For ammonium nitrate they obtained t1 = 1.33 ps comparedto 1.24 ps determined here.
For sodium nitrate there is again excellent correlation. They obtain Î-¡ = 1.44 ps
compared to the value of 1.46 ps determined here and for potassium nitrate 1.40 ps
compared to 1.40 ps. Similarly, Whittle and Clarke (4) obtained a value of t1 = 3.8 ps
for 0.9 M calcium nitrate, in good agreement with the value of 3.21ps for the 1.0 molal
solution determined here. The agreement not only confirms the accuracy of the nmr \
method but also suggests that the assumption made previously, that NQCC remains þ.lt'
unchanged due to association, is substantially correct. ¡'\ \)
\The variation in the observed relaxation time with 90o pulse angle was
investigated using calcium nitrate. As can be seen from Table 5.3. the relaxation time was
uneffected by small changes in the magnitude of the pulse angle. This confirmed the
insensitivity of the IRFT sequence to an incorrectly set pulse width.
Table 5.3. Variation of spin-lattice relaxation time with 90o pulse for 0.7884 molal
calcium nitrate at25 oC.
Dl = 900 (us) Tr (ms) a
rt7107127
33.2 + 0.932.9 + 0.633.7 + 2.2
a,- the relaxation times are uncorected for viscosity
Concentration Dependence
The concentration dependence of a number of simple nitrate salts had previously
been reported (8,9,10,23). V/hile some support exists for the interpretation of this data in
teÍns of a hydrodynamic interaction model (36), in this work the concentration
dependence of the relaxation times was attributed predominantly to ion association in
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance l2l
solution. Estimates of thermodynamic association constants were obtained by
extrapolation of apparent association constants to infinite dilution. The definition of the
association constants and any assumptions made regarding the activity of the solutions
were discussed in section 5.2.4.In order to minimize any error resulting from the
inherent assumptions made regarding these activities, thermodynamic association
constanrs were estimated by linea¡ extrapolation to infinite dilution of the logarithm of the
apparent association constants as a function of ionic strength.
Although both the fast and slow exchange mechanisms were considered, the fast
exchange mechanism invariably gave association constants of an order of magnitude
larger than expected and the slow exchange mechanism was used in all calculations. This
choice reinforces the conjecture of Nicholas and Wasylishen (8) that the rate of chemical
exchange of the nitrate ion in aqueous solution is slow relative to its rotational correlation
time.
As potassium nitrate was used as a source of nitrate ions in the later investigations
of polymer-nitrate binding, it was worthwhile to explore the relaxation times of this salt in
more detail. The concentration dependence of the viscosity corrected spin-lattice
relaxation times had previously been determined by Guarilloff (10). The relaxation times
varied linearly with concentration (Fig. 5.6) and appeared to support the conjectures of
Ibuki et al. (36) regarding the applicability of a hydrodynamic interaction model.
However, nitrate ions do not readily associate in solution because of their low
charge density. For example, a 0.1 M KNO3 solution would have only 3Vo of the nitrate
ion associated (37). Since the concentration dependence of the relaxation times is
expected to be linear when the fraction of ion pairs is much less than unity, it is not
surprising that a linear relationship is observed in this case.
An estimate of the association constant was obtained by assuming a simple 1:1
equilibrium. Activity coefficients for potassium nitrate in pure water were interpolated
from reported literature values (37,38), while density and viscosity were experimentally
by Guarilloff (10) on the actual solutions upon which the relaxation experiments were
of the a association
rf1c\J
performed. Linear regression of the variation
constants with the square of ionic strength KA = 0.063 + This is to be
of the
zu--'( f otw ,'(e. /
oo
o
b
o
(t)
E
F
140
130
r20
110
100
90
800 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
m (mol kg-l¡
Fig. 5.6. Viscosity corrected longitudinal relaxation times of potassium ninate versus
molal concentrarion (10). The dark line corresponds to the line of best ht obtained by
linear regression of the experimental data.
r40
r20
1m
80(/)
E
F60
40
20
00.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 t.2
C (M)
Fig. 5.7. Longitudinal relaxation times of simple nitrate salts in water at25 oC. Triangles
(A): silver nitrate; diamonds (0): calcium nitrate; circles (o): barium nitrate; squares @):
lead nitrate. The da¡k lines correspond to calculated relaxation times.
ô ôAô
ô
A
o
tr
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 125
results are qualitatively as expected based on ion associative grounds. For a given
concentration the observed relaxation times decrease such that Pb2+ < Ba2+ < CP+ <
Ag+. This is in agreement with the suspected decrease in "complexing power" of the
cations along this series. At higher concentrations the 2: I electrolytes exhibit significantly
lower relaxation times than the 1:1 electrolyte indicating that they participate in
significantly more ion pair formation. The relaxation times of the 2:1 salts decrease with
increasing charge density of the cation. This was again attributed to increased ion pair
formation.
However, in contrast to the 1:1 electrolytes, the evaluation of association
constants for 2:l electrolytes is complicated and necessarily involves some assumptions
regarding the activity of the singly positive charged species, MNO3+.
In the absence of any activity assumptions the stoichiometric association
constants, K5, were found to be concentration dependent and were extrapolated to C = 0
to give reasonable estimates of the association constants, but much lower than expected
(Table 5.4.).
Table 5.4. Extrapolated thermodynamic association constants foraqueous solutions of simple 2:1 nitrate salts at 25 oC.a
Cation Kg Kfl Kf3Kf2 ¡1''tr /' '' '' I
Ca2+
Ba2+Pb2+
0.38 + 0.010.63 + 0.021.01 + 0.04
1.96 t 0.041.68 + 0.113.67 + 0.10
1.50 + 0.031.34 + 0.082.81, + 0.07
1.64 + 0.031.56 + 0.072.88 + 0.07
a - the enor refers to one standard deviation of the mean.
The second set of extrapolated association constants K¡01, were derived by
assuming unit activity for the mononitrate species, which is perhaps the weakest of all the
assumptions and consequently these estimates give the highest association constants.
The f,rnal set of extrapolated association constants K$, assume that not only that
the activity of the mononitrate species could be approximated specifically by ammonium
nitrate, but also that the activity of the electrolyte was already reduced somewhat due to
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 126
ion pair formation and attempted to allow for this. Although this assumption did remove
some of the concentration dependence of the apparent association constants, the added
complication did not significantly alter the estimates of the thermodynamic association
constants relative to those obtained by assuming only that the activity of ammonium
nitrate approximated the activity of the mononitrate species, K$.
The apparent stoichiometric association constants were concentration dependent
and plots of log K5 versus the square of the ionic strength had a negative slope. The
extrapolated stoichiometric association constants were reasonable estimates of the
thermodynamic association constants even though they made no allowance for solution
activities.
In comparison, when allowance for activity was made, such as for K602, the
apparent association constants still exhibited some concentration dependence. However,
in this case plots of log K4 versus the square of the ionic strength had a positive slope. It
was clear that such activity assumptions overestimated the correction, although when
such plots were extrapolated to infinite dilution reasonable estimates of the
thermodynamic association constants were again obtained.
Since both the extrapolated thermodynamic association constants K! and Ka02
were prone to some error a better estimate of the "Eue" association constant was obtained
from their arithmetic mean. It is this value that appears in Table 5.5. This seemed justifred
since the logarithmic plots which enabled their calculation were shown to converge from
opposite directions, Fig. 5. 8.
Thermodynamic ion association constants for some simple nitrate salts have
previously been determined using a variety of methods and some are summarized in
Table 5.5. for comparison with the association constants determined in this work using
the nmr technique. Conductance measurements are widely used to study ion association
and consequently such measurements dominate this comparison. What i v/ø A4/.-
clear is that tance measurements association constants ofJ
magnitude larger tha¡r those obtained using alternate techniques.
Some of the conductance measurements were reported in the older literature and it
was initially tempting to simply assign the larger reported association constants to the
2
1
vÞo
0
-1
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 r.2 1.4 r.6
Fig. 5.8. Logarithm of apparent association constants versus the square root of ionic
strength of lead nitrate in water af 25 oC. Open circles (o): Ks ; filled circles 1o¡: Kez .
The dark lines correspond to lines of best fit obtained by linear regression of the relevant
data series.
o
o
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
Table 5.5. Thermodynamic ion pair association constants of simple
nitrate salts in water at25 oC.
Cation. rf, (nmr) Kf, (other)
t28
Ag*
K+ 0.063 + 0.004 a
0.31 + 0.04
c*+ 0.94 + 0.02
Bp+ 0.99 + 0.05
Pbz+ 1.91 + 0.06
conductance b
conductance c
conductance d
conductance b
conductance c
conductance d
conductance e
Raman fconductance e
Raman Ispectroscopy h
polarography h
potentiomeüry h
nm¡ shift I
conductance j
0.73 + 0.010.7r0.58
1.06 + 0.010.630.512.04t.678.712.84
1.6 t 1.02.8 + 0.053.3 + 0.5
t.23315.1
a-
b-
determined using data of Gua¡illoff (10).
determined by fitting the data of McKenzie and Fuoss (39) tothe Lee-Wheaton model.
reference 40.
reference 37.
reference 42.
reference 43,0.5 M solution.
reference 43,O.4 M solution.
reference 44, constant ionic strength I = 2.0 M.
reference 45.
reference 46.
c-
d-
e-
f-û-
h-
i-j-
Nuclear Magnelic Resonance 129
undeveloped state of conductance theory at that time. However, when the same data were
refitted using the latest Lee-Wheaton model (6,47-53), even larger association constants
were obtained. Notwithstanding that some of the association constants were determined at
consrant ionic strengrh (44) while others were extrapolated to infinite dilution (46), it was
clea¡ that association constants derived from conductance measurements were consistently
higher than expected.
Jones and Frost (43,54) have suggested that this discrepancy might result from
the existence of a two step equilibria in solution.
(Mn*)uq + (NO3-)uo <+ (M, H2O, NO3)uo(n-t)* <+ (MNO¡) "o(n-t)+
where the first species formed corresponded to a solvent-separated ion pair and the
second species formed is a contact ion pair. They suggested that association constants
derived from conductance measurements related to the solvent-sepa¡ated ion pair rather
than the contact ion pair. Consequently, the smaller association constants derived from
alternate methods, such as relaxation measurements, may relate to the formation of
contact ion pairs.
Irrespective of their relative magnitudes or method of determination the average
extrapolated association constants would be expected to exhibit identical trends.
Conductance and Raman measurements have shown the trend in association constants to
be
K+ < Ag+ <Ca2+ <B*+ <Pb2+
The association constants obtained in this work from relaxation measurements are in full
agreement with this trend.
The simple ion association model provided a good description of the concentration
dependence of the spin-lattice relaxation times of the nitrate nucleus in aqueous solution.
It was shown that such measurements could be used to determine association constants.
The most reliable results were obtained when allowance for activities were made and the
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 130
concentration range explored was not too high. A range having an upper limit near I M
seems to be most appropriate. Rotational correlation times calculated from the viscosity
corrected relaxation times determined here were in good agreement with literature values.
The slow exchange mechanism was found to fit the data slightly better and yielded more
reasonable estimates of the association constants. The association constants so derived
were in good agreement with literature values, with the exception of conductance
measurements. In this case the discrepancy was attributed to the existence of solvent-
separated and contact ion pairs in solution.
5.4.2 Relaxation in Benzyltrialkylammonium Salts.
Having confirmed the utility of the nmr method for simple nitrate salts it was
extended with some confidence to the relaxation times of the benzyltrialkylammonium
nitrates. These salts are of interest because they can be thought of as monomeric
analogues of the polymeric species. It is the polymeric species which are believed to be
nitrate selective, but this needed to be confi¡med. Conductance measurements on
benzyltriatkylammonium nitrates (6) showed no significant association and the relaxation
method provided an independent method of confirming this.
The concentration dependence of the relaxation times may expressed as a function
of four parameters,
Tt = Tt (C;Tr,Tu,Kn) (20)
where C is the molar concentration and Tf and T5 are the free and bound relaxation times
of the nitrate ion taken to be 130 and 9 ms respectively. In fitting the relaxation data T¡
and T6 were taken to be constants. The definition of the parameter K4 may change
depending on rhe nature of the equilibrium. Here the only equilibria which were
considered corresponded to an association constants resulting from a 1:1 as previously
described in section 5.2.4. Although it is possible to obtain estimates of stoichiometric
association constants, it is more correct to include activity coefficients to obtain estimates
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 131
of thermodynamic association constants. Thermodynamic association constant, K¡, may
be estimated from a weighted non-linear least squares f,rt of the concentration dependence
of the relaxation times using equation 20. Weighting was assigned by using the standard
deviation of Tr obtained from fitting of equation 19.
Alternatively an estimate of the association constant may be obtained by
extrapolation of apparent association constants to infinite dilution. This technique was
applied to simple ninate salts in the previous section in an attempt to minimizÊ any activity
contribution to the thermodynamic association constants for 2:1 electrolytes. When
applied to 1:1 electrolytes the least squares and extrapolation techniques gave identical
results within experimental error and consequently only the least squares results will be
presented here.
Experimental relaxation times were corrected for viscosity and are gathered in
Appendix A5. The relaxation times were found to fit equation 10 better than equation 11.
This was also found to be true by Nicholas and Wasylishen (8) for simple nitrate salts.
The implication being that the rate of chemical exchange is slow relative to the rate of
molecular rotation. In fitting the data the relaxation times of the free and bound nitrate ion
were taken to be 130 and 9 ms respectively. Two resultant fits are illustrated in Fig. 5.9.
and Fig. 5.10. The fits were extremely good given the inherent elrors in the determination
of relaxation times. It is also clear from these figures that the relationship between
relaxation time and concentration is not a linear one. A linear relationship ìù/as proposed
by Adachi et al. (9) for simple nitrate salts.
As with the simple nitrate salts, it was possible to obtain estimates of K4.
However, in the case of the simple salts the concentrations could be corrected using
literature activity coefficients even up to the fairly high concentrations employed. No such
activity data on benzyltrialkylammonium nitrates were available making such a correction
difficult. The activity coefficients were estimated using the extended Debye-Hückel law,
. _A{Tlos v+ = _____*+ b.I
1+Baril(2r)
o
oo
o
o
o ooo
140
120
100
60
40
20 0 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 r.20
C (M)
Fig. 5.9. Longitudinal relaxation times of benzyltrimethylammonium nitrate in water at
25 oC. The dark line corresponds to the calculated line of best fit of the data.
vtÉ..:, g0
F
140
120
100
60
o
40
0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60
C (M)
Fig. 5.10. Longitudinal relaxation times of benzyltripropylammonium nitrate in water at
25 oC. The dark line corresponds to the calculated line of best fit of the data.
20
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 134
Where A and B are constants which have been tabulated as a function of temperature
(37), ais the ion size parameter in cm as previously described in Chapter 3, and I is the
ionic strength of the solution. The b'coefficient is usually assigned a value so as to give a
best fit of the experimental determined activity coefficients. Lacking any experimental data
such a treatment was not possible. The b'coefficient was chosen, for each salt, so as to
generate activity coefficients that gave a best fit of the relaxation data. The use of activity
coefficients generally resulted in a better fit of the relaxation times when compared to the
fit obtained with no allowance for activity. The butyl and propyl salts exhibited a
marginally poorer fit when allowance for activity was made. The poorer fit almost
certainly resulted from the use of calculated activities in place of experimentally
determined values.
It seems clear that the calculated activity coefficients of the higher alkyl derivatives
may not adequately represent the actual activity coefficients of these solutions.q
Unfortunately, only the activity coefficients of the benzyltrimethylammonifum chloride
and bromide salts have been reported in the literature (55), and these differ significantly
from the activity coeff,rcients of benzyltrimethylammonium nitrate calculated here.
The tetraalkylammonium salts are the closest available analogues for which
activity coefficients have been reported for a variety of anions (56). The non polar
quaternary ammonium cations are believed to enforce the structure of water in their
vicinity (56). As the size of the alkyl substituent increases, so does the hydrophobic
nature of the cation. This results in a greater free energy of the ion and a corespondingly
larger activity coefficient. It might be expected that the activity coefficients of such salts
would be dominated by such cation effects. However, as can be seen in Fig. 5.11. the
activity coefficients of both the tetramethylammonium and benzyltrimethylammonium
salts change significantly with the anion present.
The lower activity coeff,rcients of the bromide salts relative to the chlorides has
been attribured to hydrophobic bonding. Hydrophobic cations and anions will tend to
combine with each other and minimize their interaction with bulk water; decreasing the
free energy of the system. This results in an increase in water structure in the vicinity of
the ions and a drastic lowering of the activity coefficients. Bromide is believed to
'(1 ,
l(r"'ltl^,Á
'1,
0.0
-o.2
+l>.; -0.4o
BzMe3N-NO3
o Me¿N-Cl
I
o
a
Me4N-Br
BzMe3N-Cl
BzMe3N-Br
-0.6
-0.8 o.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 r.4
{;
Fig. 5.1 l. Concentration dependence of the logarithm of the molal activity coefficients
of several methyl derivatives. The da¡k line corresponds to coefficients calculated here
using the extended Debye-Hückel relationship.
Nuclear Magnelic Resonance 136
pafücipare in hydrophobic bonding; while chloride does not; presumably because it is too
hydrated (56). Tetramethylammonium iodide would also seem to participate in
hydrophobic bonding as it has activity coefficients lower than either the corresponding
chloride or bromide (56). Unfortunately, due to its low solubility in water it cannot be
directly compared with the other halides above 0.25 molal and does not appear in
Fig. 5.11.
It might have been expected that the replacement of a benzyl for a methyl group
would increase the hydrophobicity of the salt and result in a higher observed activity
coefficient. However, the benzyltrimethylammonium halides have activity coefficients
significantly lower than the corresponding tetraalkylammonium halide. In the case of the
bromide salt the decrease may be attributed to extensive hydrophobic bonding, but if
chloride cannot participate in such bonding, this does not explain its much lower activity
coefficients. Boyd et al. (55) offered no explanation for the lower activity coefficients of
this salt.
The calculated activity coefficients of the benzyltrimethylammonium nitrate
therefore, at first glance, seem unusually high. However, this may simply be due to the
specific nature of the anion. No activity coefficients of similar nitrate salts are available
for comparison. Indeed, in order to generate activity coefficients similar to those of the
benzyltrimethylammonium halides the b'coefficient must be negative and contrary to
theory. Coefficients so generated, for b' = -0.2 for example, also result in a poorer fit of
the experimental relaxation times. The increase in y+ with concennation is also consistent
with conductance data which suggested little association (6)'
The main reason for choosing calculated activity coefficients in preference to
another method was simply that the method of generating the activity coefficients needed
to be applicable to all four of the alkyl derivatives studied here. Lacking further
experimental data, the use of the Debye-Hückel extended equation provided such a
consistent method. The activity coefficients so generated do differ significantly from
those of the corresponding halides, but this may merely be due to some significant anion
effect in these salts. The calculated activity coefficients are not unreasonable and generally
result in a better fit of the experimental relaxation times when compared to their absence.
Nuclear Møgnelic Resonance I37
Regardless of the choice of activity coefficients, since all samples were dealt wiîh
identically, and being mainly rht relative differences between salts,
comparisons between samPles w possl ble without serious error. The calculated
relaxation times for four of the nitrate salts obtained from a best fit of the data in
Appendix A5 to equation 20 appear in Fig. 5.12. The results are qualitatively correct. For
a salt of a given concentration the longitudinal relaxation time decreased with the size òf
the alkyl substituent. This could be interpreted as an increase in nitrate binding with alkylt9
length. The increase in bindin gretndtßthe motion of the nitrate ion and rcsuIyf{ínthe
observed lower relaxation times. Also, for a given salt the relaxation time decreased with
concentration, consistent with an increase in ion pair formation at higher concentrations.
The association constants of the hve nitrate salts considered here are presented in
Table 5.6. The benzyltripentylammonium salt was fairly insoluble, limiting the
concentration range which could be studied by nmr. The two determinations were too few
to enable an accurate fit of the data. The reported K4 waS the average of the two K¡'s
determined for each corresponding relaxation time by manual substitution into equation
12. Since the concentrations were below 0.1 M, the activity coefficients were calculated
using the Debye-Hückel law, where the ion size parameter was taken from Steel et al. (6).
The thermodynamic association constants were always larger than the corresponding
stoichiometric constants and were of the same order as the values previously obtained
using conductance (6). The trends are identical regardless of which group of association
constants were considered, that is an increase in association with an increase in size of the
alkyl substituent, Fig. 5.13.
As noted for the simple nitrate salts the association constants derived from
conductance data were always larger than those obtained using nmr. This was again
attributed to the formation of solvent-separated and contact ion pairs in solution. Both
conductance and nmr methods yielded association constants of simila¡ magnitude and
supported the major conclusion of the previous conductance study (6). That is, that there
was no signif,rcant association of nitrate with these monomer analogues.
140
120
100
60
40
20 0 0.20 0.40 0.60
C (M)
0.80 1.00 1.20
Fig. 5.12. Calculated longitudinal relaxation times for benzyltrialkylammonium nitrates in
water at 25 oC using the best fit parameters for equation 20. Experimental points have
been excluded to avoid crowding. Examples of goodness of fit can be found in Fig. 5.9.
and 5.10.
U)Ée80F
@-N -R
3
1
3 24
1. R = Methyl
2. R = Ethyl
3. R = Propyl
4. R = Butyl
Table 5. 6. A s sociation con stants for benzyltrialkylammonium nitrate
salts in water at 25 oC.
Atkyl Group Kr aKlK1
Methyl
Etiryl b
Propyl
Butyl b
Pentyl c
0.24 + 0.01
0.70 r 0.09
0.91 + 0.02
1.88 t 0.11
3.08 + 0.17
0.41 + 0.01
1.08 + 0.12
1.30 + 0.03
2.29 + 0.r4
3.83 + 0.13
2.02 + 0.r8
2.45 + 0.rl3.28 r 0.10
3.80 + 0.09
4.46 + 0.14
a-
b-
c-
determin ed from cond uctance measurements (6).
calculated using data from reference 10.
The reported K4's were not detemrined by fitting, but werethe average of the K4's calculated from two measurements.The error refers to one standard deviation of the mean.
5
K¡ (nmr)
Kf; (nmr)
K! (cond)
1 ') 3 4 5 6
4
3
2
!4
I
00
n
Fig. 5.13. Variation of association constant, K4, with n , the number of carbon atoms ln
the alkyl group. The shaded symbols denote thermodynamic association constants while
the unshaded symbols assume unit activity.
N uclear Magnetic Reso nonce
5.4.3 Relaxation in Linear Polymer-Nitrate Solutions.
140
The longitudinal relaxation times of the nitrate ion were determined in mixtures of
linea¡ chloride polymer and potassium nitrate at various concentration ratios. In the case
of the monomer analogues and the simple nitrate salts, where the viscosity of the samples
was not very different from that of pure water, it was acceptable to use literature or
experimental viscosities for the samples in pure water, rather than the viscosity of the
sample inHzOlDzO. However, for polymer samples, where the viscosity effects become
more important, it was decided to determine the density and viscosity of exactly the same
solution as was used to determine the longitudinal relaxation times.
Densities and viscosities were determined using the methods described in
Chapter 4. Densities determined here were consistently larger than those of the
corresponding monomer analogue solutions at the equivalent molarity due to the addition
of both D2O and KNO3 cosolute. For this reason variations in both density and viscosity
were independent of polymer concentration.
Since this study is primarily concerned with ion association, which is believed to
decrease T1 from the free nitrate value of 130 ms (8), potassium nitrate provided a useful
source of nitrate ions because it has a negative viscosity coeff,rcient. This means that any
decrease in T1 is more likely to be due to association rather than microviscosity effects.
Although the relaxation times are corrected using the bulk viscosity it is not unknown for
microviscosity effects to be significant. The results are summarizedín Appendix A5. In
the case of the poly pentyl derivative the solubility of the polymer-nitrate complex was too
low to permit any relaxation measurements. When samples were rerun at a later date the
experimental T1's were reproducible within 3Vo, well within the acceptable enor (18).
This difference was most likely due to either changes in field homogeneity or slight
variations in temperature between determi nations.
In all cases the presence of linear polymer caused a decrease in the observed spin-
lattice relaxation time of the nitrate ion relative to that expected for pure potassium nitrate
in the absence of polymer. This could most readily be attribute to nitrate association of
some kind which hindered molecular rotation. The exact nature of this association was
1.0
0.8
0.6
o.2
0.0
0.4
0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010
lPolyl C(M)
Fig.5.14. Fraction of nitrate bound, A, versus polymer concentration for the
poly(vinylbenzyltrialkyammonium chloride) - potassium nitrate system. Circles (O):
methyl; triangles (A): ethyl; diamonds (0): propyl; squa.res (o): butyl.
cA
ô
o
o
ô
o oBo C
o oOO o oOO oo o
ooo o o oo
oo
Fig. 5.15. Graphic representation of the coiled structure of a linear polymer illustrating
three types of possible binding. A) site binding, B) localized binding and C) hindered
binding. The positive charges denote fixed polymer exchange sites and the negative
charges denote free cosolute anions.
o
oo
o
oo
Ao
OO
o
oo
oo
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 144
counterion binding may involve rhree distinct types of binding :
(a) Site binding - specific binding between counterions and a specific charged
exchange site along the resin backbone.
(b) Local binding - nonspecific electrostatic binding where counterions are
localized in the vicinity of the resin backbone by the potential of the polyion.
(c) Hindered binding - the coiled structure of the polyion occludes counterions
and hinders movement.
These three types of binding are illustrated in Fig. 5.15. While site binding could
conceivably be examined by some association constant it was not possible to
unambiguously distinguish between this and the other types of binding occuring in
solution.
As a first approximation it was assumed that the moles of polymer would
correspond to the maximum number of exchange sites available for site binding. The
concentration ratio of polymer to nitrate therefore corresponded to the maximum fraction
of nitrate bound if only site binding were in operation. It can be seen from the average
ratios of A to Ama* shown in Table 5.7. that all of the polymers considered here had
fractions of nitrate lar due to slte This ratio called the
localized binding rario A¡, indicated that all the polymers participated in local or hindered
binding of nitrate. This trend increased with the size of the alkyl functional group
indicating significant localized binding by the larger polyelectrolytes.
Table 5.7. Variation of localized binding ratio with alkyl length foraqueous chloride polymer - nitrate solutions at25 oC-
Alkyl Group A¡ = Au/A¡¡¿¡
MethylEthylPropylButyl
1.6 + 0.22.8 + 0.45.4 + 0.68.5 + 1.1
In practise it is unlikely that all binding sites would be exclusively occupied by the nitrate
ion and consequently A6¿¡ would be reduced. Emf measurements (10) suggested that at
nitrate to polynìer mole ratios near 2 over 80Vo of the nitrate was bound. So the above
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 145
assumption appears to be reasonable. This study also found the same order in the
retention of nitrate when the size of the alkyl group was varied.
Me<Et<Pr<Bu
For a given concentration of polymer the fraction of nitrate bound increased with
nitrate concentration. When the KNO3 concentration was sufficiently large, so as to
ensure a vast excess of free nitrate, the determined T1 values were identical within
experimental error (Table 5.8.). This occurred when the mole ratio of nitrate to polymer,
R, was greater than approximately 100.
Table 5.8. Variation of spin-lattice relaxation times for aqueous solutions of
poly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride) in the presence of a vast excess
of potassium nitrate at25 oC.
polymer
C (M)
mtrate
C (M)
Density
G cm-:¡
T1 corr b
(ms)
Ra Tlr
0.001164
0.001016
0.001061
0.001036
0.302496
0.208758
0.095505
0.04933s
267.7
209.7
90.9
47.8
1.026855
t.020494
1.013553
1.010790
1.023585
t.026079
r.044456
1.055577
93.4 + O.9
90.7 + 0.8
91.6 + 0.6
67.9 + 2.r
a- R is the mole ratio of nirate to polymer.
the error refers to one standard deviation of the mean.b-
5.4.4 Relaxation in Cross-linked Polymer-Nitrate Solutions.
The relaxation times of the nitrate ion were determined in mixtures of cross-linked
chloride polymer and potassium nitrate at various degrees of cross-linking. All of the
samples appearing in Table 5.9. were prepared using divinylbenzene, DVB, as a
N uclear Magne tic Resonance 146
Table 5.9. Variation of spin-lattice relaxation time with percentage crosslinking ofpoly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride)-divinylbenzene in potassium nitrate at
25 0C.
A-Vo a masspolymer (g)
mass nirate(e)
KNO3C (molal)
B b T1 expt. c
KNO3
0 (linear)
1.5
1.5
3.8
5.7
7.9
7.9
9.4
2t.6
2r.6
0
0.00117
0.000960.00096
0.0r400.01400.0125
0.00133
0.00117
0.00116
0.0093
0.00158
0.001480.00148
0.0115
0.0212
0.02220
0.020600.02060
0.04160.04160.0436
0.02126
0.02127
0.02126
0.0212
0.02124
0.020550.02055
0.0213
0.04682
0.04905
0.050240.05024
0.091930.091930.09770
0.04501
0.o4784
0.04606
0.0521
0.04655
0.050150.05015
0.0518
t29.1 + 9.9
67.9 + 2.1
oo
47.8
53.9s3.9
40.1
45.6
46.0
5.7
33.7
34.934.9
4.6
46.648.165.9
r12.6
104.5
111.8
108.9
1t6.7
113.4r16.4
T13.7
+ I.7+ 1.9+ 2.0
+ 8.4
+ 7.6
+ 8.4
+ 8.3
+ 9.7
+ 9.9+ 9.7
+ 8.3
8+7.28+7.0
97.00.1
10.010.08.8
a-
b-
c-
The percentage cross-linking was estimated from the mole ratio ofdivinylbenzene to polymer.
R was the mole ratio of nitrate to polymer assuming a base My¿ for the cross-linked polymer identical to that of the linear polymer.
The T1 values were uncorrected for viscosity and the elrors referred to onestandard deviation of the mean.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 147
cross-linking agent. This resulted in the formation of an insoluble polymer gel which
made any discussion of polymer concentration in solution nonsensical. The addition of
DVB also meant that the base molecular weight was not know with any cert;inty.
However, because the amount of DVB added was relatively small the base molecular
weight was assumed to be identical to that of the linea¡ polymer.
The spin-lattice relaxation times were not decreased significantly from that of free
nitrate and consequently the fraction of nitrate bound was extremely low. This suggested
that the large decrease in T1 observed for the linear polymers was predominantly due to
an increase in hindered binding. The more rigid structure envisioned to occur due to
cross-linking in these polymer gels, being far less flexible than the linear counte{part, was
unable to trap as much nitrate. The fraction of nitrate bound decreased with the amount of
cross-linking, Fig. 5.16, in agreement with an inability to hinder nitrate rotation.
Although there was a some decrease in the experimentally determined T1, by all
cross-linked samples compared to that of free nitrate, it is unclear if any significant
conclusions can be made. This was because the samples were not completely soluble in
water and the resultant gel made the determination of viscosity impossible. In the absence
of viscosity measurements it was not possible to unambiguously attribute the observed
decrease in longitudinal relaxation time to nitrate association or to an increase in solution
viscosity. Because of the limitation of the nmr technique when applied to cross-linked
gels only poly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride) was considered in any detail.
Gel samples may more conveniently be studied using ion-exchange or
electrochemical techniques. Emf measurements (10) in the concentration range where
nitrate was present in mole ratios less than or equal to unity, indicated that nitrate
association tended to increase with the amount of cross-linking and also with the size of
the alkyl group. For poly(vinylbenzyltriethyammonium chloride), 97o cross-linked with
DVB an average selectivity coefficient of nitrate over chloride, K[ = 3.14, was
suggested. This study also indicated that higher degrees of cross-linking resulted in a
lower capacity for nitrate. If the results of the emf study are correct it may indicate that the
gels studied here have a low capacity for nirate. Since the observed spinJattice relaxation
time is a weighted mean of all relaxation times in solution between bound and free
0.03
o.02
0.01
0.0010 30
CL Vo
Fig. 5.16. Fraction of nitrate bound versus the degree of cross-linking for a lightly
cross-linked poly(vinylbenzyltriethylammonium chloride) - potassium nitrate system. The
concentration of potassium nitrate was held constant near 0.05 M and approximately
0.001 g of polymer were added in each case.
200
o
o
o
ooo
oo
Nuclear Magnelic Resonance 149
extremes. It seems likely that the observed relaxation time will be weighted significantly
towards that of the predominantly free potassium nitrate and the resultant decrease in Tt is
small even though the resin may bind signif,rcant amounts of nitrate relative to its capacity.
5.5 Conclusion.
The measurement of spin-lattice relaxation times using 14N nmr provides a quick
and easy method for the determination of nitrate association. The method is limited only
by the time taken to perform density and viscosity measurements, which are necessary to
co11ect relaxation times. However, when the solutions are sufficiently dilute and only a
comparison between two solutions of similar viscosity is required the corrections can be
ignored without serious error.
Atl the association constants determined in this work gave excellent agreement
with a vêlu,ag whçn--aç-t-i-Yity-.ç9rreç[i94s were made. Even in the absence
of such conections the determined K4's gave agreement of the same order as the
expected values. The results were also found to agree well with a concurrent study using
emf measurements (10).
N uc lear Mag netic Resonance
Literature Cited.
10
G. A. Guter, U.S. Pat. 4,479,877 (30 October 1984).
M. B. Jackson and B. A. Bolto, React. Polym., 12,277, (1990).
R. E. Hester and R. A. Plane, J. Chem. Phys.,40(2),411, (1964).
M. V/hittle and J. H. R. Clarke, Chem. Phys' Len.,98(2), 172, (1983).
R. L. Darskus, D. O. Jordan and T. Kurucsev, J. Chem. Soc. - Faraday Trans'
62(526),2876, (1966).
B. J. Steel, A. S. Kayaalp, T. Kurucsev, A. D. V/a¡d and M. B. Jackson, Aust.
J. Chem., 43, 1.983, (1990).
R. M. Fuoss and K-L. Hsia, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S,A., 57, 1550,
(re67).
A. M. P. de Nicholas and R. E. Wasylishen, Can. J. Chem.,65, 951,
(1e87).
A. Adachi, H. Kiyoyama, M. Nakahara, Y. Masuda, H. Yamatera, A. Shimizu
and Y. Taniguichi, J. Chem. Phys.,90(1), 392, (1989).
P. Guarillofl Ph.D. Thesis, The University of Adelaide, to be submitted.
C. N. Banw ell., Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy 3rd edn.,252
(McGraw-Hill: London 1983).
R. T. Boeré and R. G. Kidd, Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc. (Ed. G. A. Webb)
L3,319 (Academic Press: London 1982).
M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak and G. A. Webb, Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc.
(Ed. G. A. Webb) 18, 201 (Academic Press: London 1986).
V/. T. Huntress Jr., Adv. Magn. Reson., 4, l, (1970).
W. Egan, J. Amer. Chem. Soc.,98(L4), 4091, (1,976).
B. J. Steel, private communications, (1993).
R. C. Weast, (Ed.), Handbook of Chemistry and Physics 50th edn. (Chemical
Rubber Company: Ohio 1970).
M. L. Martin, J. Delpuech, and G.J. Ma¡tin, Practical NMR Spectroscopy,
(tleyden: London 1980).
11
t2
13.
t4.
15.
16.
17.
150
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18.
N uc lear M ag ne t ic R e so nanc e
19. R. K. Harris and R. H. Newman, J. Magn. Res',24,449, (1976).
20. T. Kurucsev and E. H. Williams, J. Crystallogr. Spectrosc. Res., L2(5),397,
(1e82).
21. G. C. Levy and I. R. Peat, J. Magn. Res., 18, 500, (1975).
22. T. Kurucsev, J. Chem. Educ., 55, 128, (1978).
23. A. M. P. de Nicholas and R. E. Wasylishen, J. Phys. Chem.,89(25), 5446,
(1e8s).
24. V. M. M. Lobo, Handbook of Electrolyte Solutions Physical Sciences Data4L,
@lsevier: Amsterdam 1989).
25. G. Jones and S. K. Talley, J. Am. Chem. Soc.,56,624, (1933).
26. T. Isono, J. Chem. Eng. Data.,29,45, (1984).
27. E. W. Washburn (Ed.), International CriticalTables Vol. V. lst edn.,
(McGraw Hill: New York 1929).
28. E. I. Chernen'kaya and O. M. Kuznetsova, Zh. Prikl. Khim.,52(6), 1255,
(1979); J. Appl. Chem. (Engl. Transl.) 1188, (1979).
29. M. Nakahara, A. Adachi, H. Kiyoyama, A. Shimizu, Y. Taniguchi and Y.
Masuda, J. Phys. Chem.,94, 6L79, (1990).
30. A. Fratiello, V. Kubo-Anderson, S. Azimi, E. Marinez, D. Matejka, R.
Perrigan, and B. Yao, J. Sol. Chem', 20(9),393' (1991).
3I. A. Fratiello, V. Kubo-Anderson, T. Bolinger, C. Cardero, B. DeMerit, T.
Flores, D. Matejka and R. D.Perrigan, J. Magn' Res., 83, 358' (1989).
32. A. Fratiello, V. Kubo-Anderson, S. Azimi, T. Flores, E. Marinez, D. Matejka,
R. D. Perrigan, and M. Vigil, J. Sol' Chem.,19(8)' 811, (1990).
33. A. Fratiello, V. Kubo-Anderson, S. Azimi, F.Laghaei, R. D. Perrigan, and F.
Reyes, J. Sol. Chem.,21(10), 1015, (1'992)-
34. M. Gourdji, L. Guibé, and A. Peneau., J. Phys. (Les Ulís, Fr.)'35,477,
G97Ð; Chem. Abstr., 81, 113338 , (1974).
35. T. Kato, J. Umemura, and T. Takenaka, Mol. Phys.,36, 621, (1978).
36. K. Ibuki and M. Nakahara, J. Chem. Phys.,90(1)' 386' (1989).
151
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 152
37. R. A. Robinson and R. H. Stokes, Electrolyte Solutions 3rd edn.
(Butterworths :London 1 965).
38. G. W. C. Kaye, and T. H. Laby, Tables of Physical and Chemical Constants
15th edn., 255 (Longman: London 1986).
39. I. D. McKenzie and R. M. Fuoss, J. Phys' Chem.,73(5)' 1501, (1969).
40. R. M. Smith and A. E. Martell, Critícal Stabiliry Constants Vol.4 (Plenum
Press: New York 1975).
4I. G. Jones and J. H. Colvin, J. Am. Chem.\oc.,62,338' (1940).
42. L. G. Sillén and A. E. Martell (Eds.), Stabiliry Constants of Metal-lon
Complexes. Special Publication No. 25., 93 - 1O4 (The Chemical Society:
l,ondon ß7Ð.
43. D. W. James and R. L. Frost, Aust. J. Chem.,35, L793, (1982).
44. H. M. Hershensotr, M.E. Smith, and D. N. Hume, J- Am. Chem. Soc','75,
507, (1953).
45. P. G. Harison, M. A. Healy, and A. T. Steel, J. Chem. Soc. DaltonTrans.,
1845, (1983).
46. G. H. Nancollas, J. Chem. 9oc.,1458, (1955).
47. W. H. Lee and R. J. Wheaton,,/. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans.II,74(4),743,
(1e78).
48. W. H. Lee and R. J. Wheaton,,I. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans.11,74(8),1456,
(1e78).
49. V/. H. Lee and R. J. Wheaton, "I. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans.II,75(8>,1L28,
(1e79).
50. R. J. V/heaton, /. Chem. Soc., Faraday Trans. 11,76,1093 (1980).
51. R. J. Wheaton, ,I. Chem. Soc., Faraday Trans. 11,76, 1599 (1980).
52. R. J. V/heaton,,I. Chem. Soc., Faraday Trans.II,77,631 (1981)'
53. R. J. Wheaton, ./. Chem. Soc., Faraday Trans. II,'77,1343 (1981).
54. R. L. Frost and D. W. James, J. Chem. Soc., Faraday Trans. 1,78,3263,
(re82).
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance 153
55. G. E. Boyd, A. Schwarz. and S. Lindenbaum, ,/. Phys' Chem.,70(3),821'
(1e66).
56. S. Lindenbaum and G. E. Boyd, J, Phys. Chem.,68(4)' 911' (1964)'
57. P. Molyneux (Ed.), Water-soluble Synthetic Polymers: Properties and Belnviour,
Vol II, Chapter 2, (CRC Press: Boca Raton 1984)-
58. S. A. Rice and M. Nagasawa, Polyelectrolyte solutions, chapter 9,
(Academic Press: New York 1961).
59. J. W. Lyons and L. Kotin, f . Amer. Chem. Soc., 87(8), 1670, (1965).
154
6
Conclusion.
A number of ion-exchange resins have been proposed to remove nitrate from
contaminated drinking water. Resins which contained a quaternary ammonium functional
group were shown to be most selective for nitrate but the reason for this selectivity was
poorly understood. This work was the first systematic study of nitrate association of
benzyltrialkylammonium type resins.
Initially, monomer analogues were prepared to determine the role of the functional
group in influencing selectivity. The benzylrialkylammonium series of salts were chosen
and studied up to and including the pentyl derivative. Solubility measurements were
conducted on saturated solutions of these salts for a range of counter ions including
nitrate. Such high concentrations were thought to most closely mimic the equilibrium at
the resin-ion interface in an ion-exchange resin. It was found that all nitrate salts had
unusual thermod when compared to corresponding sulfates and halides.
In addition, b gt ryJt¡_U-u tfJ44qglon ig q nitrate also had a much lower and free
energy of solution than its nearest neighbours in the alkyl series. This was interpreted as
an increase in hydrophobic bonding which enforced the structure of water in the vicinity
of the cation. Such an effect may be important in ion-exchange resins where the linked
charge density and close proximity of functional groups could lead to cooperative
enhancement of this hydrophobic effect.
Density and viscosity measurements were used in parl to determine the hydration
numbers of these salts. From viscosity B coefficients, the hydrodynamic volumes of the
solutes were calculated and compared to the apparent molar volumes obtained from
density measurements. Hydration numbers of these salts increased with the size of the
alkyl group attached to the nitrogen atom. This was consistent with an increase in
clathrate-like water cage formation as suggested by solubility measurements. A monotone
Conclusion 155
increase in nitrate association with alkyl length was expected from conductance
measurements. This monotone increase in hydration with alkyl length suggested that
nitrate association may in part be influenced by hydrophobic hydration.
Apparent molar volumes determined here from density measurements were in
good agreemenr with published values. B coefficients determined from viscosity
measurements showed similar trends to those observed for teuaalkylammonium salts and
it was concluded that the solution properties of the benzyltrialkylammonium salts
considered here were not signihcantly different from those of tetraalkylammonium salts.
A new method for the determination of nitrate association in solution was
developed which utilized 14N spin-lattice relaxation measurements. The method was
initially tested by studying the association of a number of 1:1 and2:1' simple nitrate salts.
Where comparisons were possible derived rotational correlation times, fç, wero in perfect
agreement with literature values. The concentration dependence of the relaxation times
indicated that the slow exchange model was the preferred model. It was thus concluded
that chemical exchange was slow relative to the rate of molecula¡ rotation of the nitrate
ion. It was a major conclusion of this work, that contrary to some doubts expressed
recently, a simple ion pair formation model could be used to explain the concentration
dependence of spin-lattice relaxation times. Association constants so derived were in
good agreement with with those obtained using alternate methods.
It was observed that association constants derived from conductance
measurements were consistently larger than those obtained using other methods. This
was attributed to the formation of a solvent-separated ion pair in solution while the lower
association constants determined here from relaxation measurements corresponded to a
contact ion pair.
The nm¡ technique was then extended to the monomer analogues. The slow
exchange model was again found to fit the data better than the fast exchange model. The
derived association constants were of the same magnitude as those obtained from
conductance measurements, although again consistently lower due to contact ion pair
formation. Nitrate association was found to increase with the size of the alkyl substituent.
However, aS was found for conductance measurements, this increase was not as dramatic
Conclusion 156
as that observed for ion-exchange resins. This indicated that the polymeric structure of the
resin together with the functional group was essentiai in determining nitrate selectivity.
Some previous studies have suggested that resins containing a tributyl quaternary
ammonium group have the highest preference for nitrate. In contrast all techniques
explored here, with the exception of solubility, indicated that the preference for nitrate
continued to increase as the size of the alkyl group was increased above the butyl
derivative. Any selectivity observed by monomer analogues was enhanced by
polymerization.
When applied to linear polymers the viscosity corrected spin-lattice relaxation
times indicated that the fraction of nitrate bound increased with the alkyl length. The
fraction bound was significantly larger than that expected based on the available exchange
sites. This indicated that, while a large proportion of nitrate was undoubtedly bound to
the polymer, the relaxation times referred mainly to hindered nitrate trapped in the tertiary
coil structure of the polymer and not necessarily to site bound nitrate. Relaxation
measurements on lightly cross-linked resins, which are less flexible, showed a dramatic
decrease in the fraction ofnitrate bound and tended to support this conjecture.
A concurrent study utilizing emf measurements was more suitable for the study of
nitrate association in cross-linked samples and indicated that the preference for nitrate
increased with both alkyl length and amount of cross-linking.
This study has shown that the selectivity of the monomer analogues for nitrate is
enhanced by polymerization, which in turn is further enhanced by the degree of cross-
linking. However, as cross-linking increases the capacity for nitrate decreases. It is hoped
that this work will be the prelude to the design of a commercial ion-exchange resin having
greater affinity for nitrate while maintaining a high capacity. Five membered cyclic
quaternary ammonium compounds based on N,N, dialkyl-3,4, dimethylpyrrolidine
currently seem to offer the best chance of accomplishing this.
A-l
Appendix A0
Selectivity Parameters.
Some of the more extensive data reviewed in ùhe introduction which described
previous studies of nitrate selective resins are presented here.
Table 40.1 Selectivity coefficients of poly(alkylamine) resins.
Table 40.2 Selectivity coeff,rcients of polystyrene-divinylbenzene weak base resins.
Table 40.3 Selectivity coefficients of polystyrene-divinylbenzene resins containing
quaternafy ammonium functional groups.
Table 40.4 Relative retention times of nitrate and sulfate anions on
polystyrene-divinylbenzene trialkylammonium anion exchange resins.
Table 40. 1 . Selec tivity coeffrcients of poly (alkylallyamine) resins. a
Resin Type CL(vo) 6- "f "! c'[ c'$ KU NSS Ref.
p¡¡q b
P¡4sPA.,qbPPTDAA b
PTAA b
IrTAAPMeTAA Qo0Vo)PMeTAA Qo22Vo)PMeTAA (Do577o)
PMeTAA Qo\3Vo)QrßxAQrßxAQrßxADADMAC-QHÐ(ADADMAC - QIßXA
ll d
13d
2.55
5
25
3;48
652030
0.940.540.460.420.300.550.870.920.390.49
2.0d3.7 d
6.6 d
1.3 d
2.0d
9.57l
16053047039
165
45012
34
-r.00.10.51.1
1.2
-0.2
0.30.7
-0.s-0.2
4.51.81.41.6
r8.013.08.08.0
r.7r.8t.72.2
0.09 c
0.14 c
0.21c0.28 c
0.7 d
3.0 d
5.6 d
1
III
2,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,3
r- amine), PPTDAA = Poly(propyldiallylamine), PTAA =amine quaternised X%a withdodecylbromide, DADMAC =
a¡y (Me) FIEXA.
calculated from reference l.reference 2.
b-c-d-
Appendix A0 A-3
Table A0.2. Selectivity coefficients of polystyrene-divinylbenzene weakbase resins.
pl p2C
(meq/ml)
cx,N rlt " NSS b Ref'
MeEtPr
i-PrBuj-BuPei-Pej-Pe
MeEtPr
i-PrBui-BuPei-Pei-Pe
3.8r.020.800.531.1
0.950.551.0
0.92
0.3 2082
148380370
t2001200750750
-r.27-0.100.270.850.501.10r.330.870.91
8.26.2
10-1616-r98-10
422aJ
2,3JJJ2
a- at 20 oC except for reference 4.
b- calculated using NSS = log Kf - log e +1
Table 40. 3. S electivity coeff,rcients of poly styrene-divinylb enzeîe re sin s
containing quaternary ammonium functional groups.
pl B2 p3 K NSS Ref.
(meq/ml)
NSe
Mel\4eN4e
EOHEtEtEtEtPrPrBuBuPei-Pe
MeMe
EOHEOH
EtEtEt
EOHPrPrBuBuPer-Pe
MeEOHEOHEOH
EtEt
EOHEOH
PrPrBuBuPei-Pe
r.4lr.42t.4lr.23
100501010
100040010050
17001 100
230001 1000
16001200
-0.14-0.45- 1.15-1.09+0.92+0.80-0.11-0.4r
+1.4
+2.7
+I.7
1.190.661.291.300.62
0.430.660.320.19
55555255)a6J7
2,33
a- EOH=CH2CH2OH.
Appendix A0 ^4
Table 40.4. Relative retention times of ni[ate and sulfate anions on
polystyrene-divinylbenzene trialkylammonium anion exchange resins.a
Resin pl p2 p3 e tnCI tNO3 tSO¿
(meq/g) (mins)
TMA b
TMA C
TMA d
TMA E
DMEA b
MDEAbMDEAdTEA b
TEIA b
TPA b
TBA b
TBA d
TBA E
TBP E
TT{A b
TOA b
SATMA (n=1) fSATMA (n=2)SATMA (n=3)SATMA (n=4)SATMA (n=6)
N,le
N4e
N4e
N{e
MeN4e
N4e
EOHEtPrBuBuBuBu
HexOctN{e
l\{eN{eN4e
Me
Me
1,1"N{e
IvIe
EOHEOHEOHEOH
EtPrBuBuBuBu
HexOctlvle
N{eN{eMeI\'Io
0.0270.0460.0920.0900.0250.0260.0900.031o.0260.026o.o270.0960.0930.0970.0280.0280.0490.0520.0500.0470.061
8.33.r3.0
0.859.48.42.518.68.0
10.69.4r.66r.431.331.33r.62
1.301.56r.932.49r.281.221.481.38t.321.38r.544.323.684.3rt.63r.723.623.072.462.432.65
5.684.772.09
4.64
4.212.422.32
7.368.278.538.508.s0
ì\4e
l\{eMeN,Ie
lvfe
EOHEOHEOH
EtPrBuBuBuBu
HexOctlyle
N{eN{eN4e
Ivfe
9.58.93.41.11
1.19
b-
a-
f
d-
e-
All resins except SATMA have the strong base structurg giygn by Fig 1.7.lethanolamine;MDEA =
amine; TEtA = triethylamine;TPA =BP = tributylphosphine; TFIA =H=CH2CH2OH. All retention times are
given relative to chloride.
reference 8; eluent = benzoic acid.
reference 9; pH 6.0; eluent = 0.2 mM potassium phthalate.
reference 9; pH 6.0; eluent = 0.4 mM potassium phthalate.
reference 10; pH6.0; eluent =0.22 mM sodium phthalate.
reference 11; SATMA = spacer arm trimethylammonium having the structure inFig. 1.8., where n denotes the number of methylene groups in the spacer alm.pH 6.0; eluent = 0.2 mM sodium phthalate.
Appendix A0
11.
A-5
t
2
J
Literature Cited.
B. A. Bolto, M. B. Jackson and R. V. Siudak, Isr. J. Clrcm., 26, 17 , (1985).
M. B. Jackson and B. A. Bolto, React. Polym., 12,277 , (1990).
M. B. Jackson and L. J. Vickers, Effect of structure on nitrate selectiviry. Part 2
Resins with either sryrenelDVB, PECH or allyamine backbones., CSIRO Report
No. DB-127 (April 1987).
D. Clifford and W. J. Weber, Jr., React. Polym., L,'77, (1989).
G. A. Guter, Removal of Nitate from ContaminatedWater Supplíes for Public
U s e., EP A-600/2-82-042 (March 1982).
G. A. Guter; quoted by.M. B. Jackson, ín Effect of structure on nitrate
selectívity. Part I. Resins with undecanoic groups., CSIRO Report No.
DA/B-I11, pg 5 (August 1986).
G. A. Guter, U. S. Patent 4,419,877 (30 October 1984).
R. E. Barron and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr.,284,13, (1984).
R. E. Baron and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr.,316,20I, (1984).
L. M. Warth, R. S. Cooper and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr., 479, 40L,
(1e8e).
L. M. Warth and J. S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr. 9ci.,26, 630, (1988).
4
5
6
7
8
9
10.
A-6
Appendix A1
Preliminary Synthesis' of Improved Capacity Resins.
Although the polymers of vinylbenzyltrialkylammonium salts have shown some
utility as nitrate selective resins (1) they suffer from a low capacity. A more commercially
viable polymer, with a higher capacity for nitrate, could possibly be obtained by siting the
nitrogen atom within a five membered ring. The salts of the N,N dialkyl, 3,4, dimethyl
pyrrolidine fulfill these conditions and would be suitable monomeric analogues
(Fig.41.1.).
H3n
N
R R
monomeric analogue polymer
Fig. A1.1. Monomeric and polymeric compounds based on N,N dialky-3,4,
dimethylpyrrolidine.
Preliminary reactions have shown that of such monomeric model compounds
could be obtained from maleic anhydride by following Scheme 41. Some preliminary
steps in this synthesis are outlined below. The synthesis of such monomeric analogues
was abandoned when it was found that no significant selectivity for nitrate was exhibited
by benzyltrialkylammonium salts (2). It appears that selectivity is not largely influenced
by functionality, but results from specific interactions in the polymeric material.
Consequently, a study of these monomer analogues seemed unwarranted.
{
o o
o
Q N
2 + N + 2CO2 + (1)
NH2 I
NH-R
H
o o
HH
N-RLiAlHa<_
HH
IV
HHR
o N xO vrR
-RG
HH
(1)
H2lcatalyst
+
o
NHzl+nY
oMe MeMe
Hzo
H
N-R
v
+RX
oII
oIII
H
Scheme A1
Appendix AI
Preparation of Dimethymaleic Anhydride (I).
A-8
The preparation of dimethylmaleic anhydride closely followed the method
described by Baumann et al. (3). The mechanism of this unusual reaction has also been
reported (4). A typical preparation is given below.
2-aminopyridine (20.12 9,214 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (46 ml)
in a round bottom three necked flask and the solution brought to the boil. Maleic
anhydride (41.36 g,426 mmol) was dissolved with heating on a steam bath in glacial
acetic acid (66 ml) and added dropwise to the boiling 2-aminopyridine solution. During
addition the solution darkened to the colour of port. The mixture was refluxed for t hr.
Acetic acid was removed by distillation at room temperature (b.p. = 115 oC). 4 M
HzSO¿ (106 ml) was added to the remaining solution and the combined solution was
refluxed for t hr. The resultant solution was poured into a preheated beaker and allowed
to slowly cool to room temperature and crystallize out overnight. The solid was collected
by buchner f,rltration and washed twice with ice cold 4M HzSO¿ to give 17.55 g (65Vo) of
white product. m.p. = 92-94 oC, lit. 93-94 oC (3,4). TLC: Rp (CHzClz) 0.60. lH NMR:
õ(60 MHz, CDCI3) 2.03 (s, 6H, CH3). 13C Ntr¡R: ô(CDCI:) 165 (s, C=O); 140.5 (s,
C=C); 9.102 (s, CH¡). IR (NaCl): 1870; 1.825:1800; 1755; 1695 cm-1. Mass spectrum
mlz 127 (70, CoHeO¡H+); 82Ø2);54(100); 39(55).
Preparation of N-alkyl-3,4-dimethyl maleimides.
A large number of N-alkylmaleimides have been prepared from the corresponding
maleamic acids (5-19). Two of the latest methods of synthesis were considered here for
their suitability in the preparation of N-alkyl-3,4-dimethylmaleimides (III) from
dimethylmaleic anhydride (II).
In a method proposed by Mehta et al. (9), maleamic acids were initially prepared
by reaction of a primary amine with maleic anhydride. Subsequently the isolated
maleamic acids were cyclized using the mild conditions described by Searle et al. (5).
Appendix Al A-9
Mild conditions were required to avoid significant amounts of polymeric by-product
which occured at elevated temperatures (8).
Alternatively, Kita et al. (19) proposed a "one pot method" where the produced
maleamic acids were immediately converted to the maleimide by ring closure imidation in
an organic solvent by azeotropic removal of water in the presence of an acid catalyst. In
general, the latter method was found to give products of greater purity and in higher
yield.
Preparation of N-methyl-3,4-dimethylmaleimide. "one pot method"
Dimethylmaleic anhydride (10.07 g, 80 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (75m1) in
a two-necked round bottom flask fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and a pressure
equalising dropping funnel. Aqueous methylamine solution 40Vo wlw (6.48 g, 83 mmol)
was added dropwise to the rapidly stirred solution via the funnel. Stirring was continued
after addition for a further 30 min.
Phosphoric acid (1.59 g, 16 mmol) was added and the solution azeotropically
distilled until the evolution of water in the Dean-Stark apparatus ceased
(b.p.95-114.5 oC). The solution was cooled and the upper organic layer washed with
water (2 x 25 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. Toluene (60 ml) was removed by
distillation at reduced pressure (b.p.29.2-36.5 oC at25.26 mmHg) to yield 8.39 g (72Vo)
of clear liquid product. TLC: Rp (CHzClù 0.39. lH NMR: ô(60 MHz, CDCI¡) 2.93 (s,
3H, NCH3):1.92 (s, 3H, CH3C=C). IR (NaCl): 2860 (w, NCH:); 1775 (s, Q=Q); 1715
(s br, C=O); 1685 (m, C=C) cm-1.
Preparation of N-propyl-3r4-dimethylmaleamic Acid.
Dimethylmaleic anhydride (2.01 g, 16 mmol) was dissloved in anhydrous ether
(80 ml) and the solution was cooled to 2 oC using an ice bath. Propanamine (1.0 g,
17 mmol) in ether (16 ml) was added via a pressure equalising dropping funnel over 1.5
hrs. While stirring constantly the solution was slowly raised to room temperature over
Appendix AI A-10
2.5 hrs. The resultant clay-like product was collected by Buchner filtration, washed with
cold ether and vacuum dried to yield 2.12 g (727o) of white solid. TLC: Rp (CHzClz)
0.59. lH NMR: ô(60 MHz, CDCI3) 6.67 (s, lH, COzH); 6.43 (br s, 1H, NH); 2.89 (m,
2H, NCH2); 1.89 (s, 6H, CH3-C=C); 1.60 (m, 2H, CHz); 0.90 (t, 3H, CH3). IR
(NaCl): 3650-2300 (br, COzH); 3080 and 3250 (br m, -CONH-); 1770 (w, C=O
monomer); 1715 (m, -C=C-C=O); 1630 (br m, -CONH- Amide I); 1550 (br m, -CONH-
Amide II) cr¡-l.
Preparation of N-propyl-3,4-dimethylmaleimide.
N-propyl-3,4-dimethylmaleamic acid (0.70 g, 3.8 mmol) was added to a 50 ml
two necked round bottomed flask fitted with a condensor and a thermometer. Anhydrous
sodium acetate (0.19 g, 2.3 mmol) and acetic anhydride (12 mI) were added and the
solution heated at 100 oC for t hr. The solution was cooled to 60 oC before addition to
water (12 mt). This mixture was stirred continually for a further 4.5 hrs. The cooled
mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (1 x 20 ml, 2 x l0 ml) and the lower organic
layer concentrated and f,rltered to yield 0.26 g (477o) of a pale yellow liquid. TLC: Rp
(cHzclù 0.51. lH NMR: ô(60 MHz, CDCI3) 3.56 (t,2H, NCHz); 1.95 (s,6H, CH¡-
C=C); 1.52 (m,2}l,CHz);0.92(t,3H, CH¡). IR (NaCl):1775 and 1715 (s, -C=C-
C=O); 1660 (br s, 30Amide -N-C=O) cm-l.
Preparation of N-propyl-3,4-dimethylmaleimide. "one pot method"
Dimethylmaleic anhydride (2.10 g, L6.6 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (15 ml)
and a solution of propylamine (2.00 g, 33.8 mmol) in toluene (5 rnl) was added dropwise
via a pressure equalising dropping funnel over 30 min. Phosphoric acid (0.39 g, 5 mmol)
was added and the solution was refluxed under azeotropic distillation until the evolution
of water ceased after approximately 2 hrs. The cooled solution was washed with \vater
(2 x 10 ml) and dried over magnesium sulfate. Toluene was removed by distillation
under reduced pressure (b.p. = 26-30 oC at24-27 mm Hg), to yreld2.l5 g (76Vo) of an
Appendix AI A-11
orange liquid. TLC: Rn (CHzClù 0.52. lH NMR: ô(60 MHz, CDCI3) 3.38 (t, 2H,
NCHz); 1.83 (s,6H, CH3-C=C); 1.45 (m,2}l,CHz);0.85 (t,3H, CH3). IR (NaCl):
1775 (w) and 1715 (s, -C=C-C=O) cm-I.
The main disadvantage of the synthetic route outlined in Scheme 41. was the
number of steps required. It is also possible to obtain five membered cyclic polymers by
polymerization of diallyamine monomers (20,21). Although six-membered rings might be
expected on thermodynamic grounds, as initially suggested by Butler et al. (22,23), 13C
nmr studies clearly show that five-membered rings predominate for kinetic reasons
(24,25). As discussed in Chapter 1, the possibility of five-membered rings as nitrate
selective resins has not been fully explored.
1
2
J
4
5
6
7
8
9
Appendix AI
I l.
t2.
t3.
14.
15.
t6.
t7.
A-12
Literature Cited.
M. B. Jackson and B. A. Bolto, React. Polym., 12,277, (1990).
B. J. Steel, A. S. Kayaalp, T. Kurucsev, A. D. Ward, and M. B. Jackson, Aust.
J. Chem., 43, 1983, (1990).
M. E. Baumann and H. Bosshard, Helv. Chím. Acta., 6I,275I, (1978).
M. E. Baumann, H. Bossha¡d,W. Breitenstein, G. Rihs and T. Winkler, Helv.
Chím. Acta., 67, 1897, (1984).
N. E. Searle, U. S. Pat. 2,444,536 (6 July 1948).
E. Bellack and J. B. DeWitt, J. Agric. Food. Chem.,2(23), L176, (1954).
Y. Liwschitz,Y. Edlitz-Pfefferrnann and Y. Lapidoth, J. Amer. Chem.|oc.,76,
3069, (1956).
L. E. Coleman, J. F. Bork and H. Dunn, J. Org. Chem.,24, 135, (1959).
N. B.Mehta, A. P. Philips, F.F. Lui and R. E. Brooks, J. Org. Chem.,25,
LOLZ, (1960).
Y. Kanaoka, T. Sekine, M. Machida, Y. Sôma, K. Tanizawa and Y. Ban, Chem.
Pharm. Bull., l2(2), 127, (1964).
Y. Kanaoka, M. Machida, Y. Ban and T. Sekine, Chem. Pharm. BuIl.,15(11),
t738, (1967).
R. Istratoiu. M. Farcasiu and CL. Nicolau, Rev. Roum. Chim.,12,1429,
(re67).
J. R. Heitz, C. D. Anderson and B. M. Anderson, Arch. Bíochem. Bíophys.,
127, 627, (1968).
M. K. Hargreaves, J. G. Pritchard and H. R. Dave, Chem. Rev.,70(4),439,
(1e70).
T. Miyadera, E. M. Kosower and N. S. Kosower, 'I. Med. Chem., 15(5), 534,
(1e70).
T. Miyadera and E. M. Kosower, J. Med. Chem.,15(5), 534, (1972).
B. Rubin, O. Kirino and J. E. Casida, I. Agric. Food. Chem.,33,489, (1985).
10.
Appendix AI A-13
18. K. Takatori, T. Hasegawa, S. Nakano, J. Kitamura and N. Kato, Microbíol.
I mmunol., 29(12), 1237, (1985).
19. Y. Kita, K. Sakamoto, M. Baba and A. Okubo, Eur. Pat. 0,165,574 (14 June
198s).
20. Y. Chang and C. L. McCormick, Polymer,35 (16), 3503, (1994).
21. B. A. Bolto, M. B. Jackson and R. V. Siudak, Isr. J. Chem.,26, 17 , (1985).
22. G. B. Butler änd R.J. Angelo, J. Am. Chem.ioc.,79,3128, (1957).
23. G. B. Butler, Acc. Chem. Res., 15,370, (1982).
24. S. R. Johns, R. I. Willing, S. Middleton and A. K. Ong, "I. Macromol. Sci.,
Chem. A., I0,875, (1976).
25. J. Lancaster, L. Vaccei and H. J. Panzer, J. Polym. Sci., Polym. Lett. Edn., 14,
549, (1976).
A-t4
Appendtx AZ
Accuracy of the Spectrophotometer.
There had been some concern with the accuracy and reproducibility of the Cary
2200, which had; at the time of use; been recently installed. It was decided that the
accuacy of the machine should be verified by using an ultraviolet standard.
Potassium dichromate in a weakly acidic medium is one of the more common
standards used for the evaluation of UV spectrophotometers (1,2) and was also cited as
the manufacturers reference material and is probably most suitable. Any error arising
from either small temperature variations or small discrepancies in cell positioning between
runs was considered to be negligible (3).
Potassium dichromate was available from Univar as an analytical grade reagent
and was used without further purificication after drying at 110oC for several days.
Solutions were prepared by weighted dilutions from a 2.1 glkg stock solution in 0.001M
perchloric acid. The results appearing in Table A2. agree closely with values previously
determined (4) and thus confirm the reliability of the machine. A more recent study of
potassium dichromate absorptivities in sulphuric acid (2) has been included for
comparison as these give slightly better agreement. The absorptivity of K2Cr2O7
solutions in perchloric and sulphuric acid differ only from 0.0lVo to 0.06Vo and so
comparison should be possible without any serious error.
Appendix A2
Table A2. Molar Absorptivities of 0.0670 g kg- 1 Potassium Dichromate Solutions.
ì. (nm) e (kg g-1"--1)u e (kg g-l "--1)b Vo dtff e (kg g-1"--1)" 7o diff
A-15
350
346
345
323
322
313
257
235
10.763
10.696
10.663
6.1 15
s.893
4.885
t4.603
t2.536
r0.692
10.629
10.599
6.058
5.837
4.8t314.390
12.357
0.65
0.63
0.60
0.94
0.96
1.50
1.48
1.45
r0.704
t0.643
r0.624
6.t645.938
4.837
14.456
12.445
0.55
0.5
o.37
-0.79
-0.76
0.99
r.02
0.73
a-b-
This work.
Interpolated values of potassium dichromate in 0.001 M perchloric acid from
¡eference 4.
Interpolated values of potassium dichromate in sulphuric acid from reference2.
Literature Cited.
G. Rohle, H. Schlebusch, R. Kruse and W.J. Geilenkeuser, J. Clin. Chem.
Clín. B iochem., 27 (5), 323, (1989).
M. Gil, D. S. Escolar, N. Iza and J. L. Montero, Appl. Spectrosc.,40(8),
(1e86).
S. Caroli and N. Violante, Spectosc. Lett., L2(9),67I, (1979).
R. W. Bourke and R. Mavrodineanu, -/. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand., Sect. 4.,
80A(4), 63t, (r976).
c-
I
2
3
4
A-16
Appendix A3
Enthalpy and Entropy of Tetraalkylammonium Halides.
The enthalpies of solution of the tetraalkyammonium halides were reported in the
literature, being determined calorimetrically. In comparison, there is little information
available on the corresponding entropies of solution.
Where literature values were unavailable, the entropy of solution was determined
using,
ASosol -AHosol + 2RT ln Sy+
T
where AH was the average of the available enthalpies of solution in Table 43. and S was
the solubility in mol kg-l at25oC. R was the gas constant taken to be 8.31441 J K-l
mol-1 and y+ was the activity coefficient.
When required literature values were converted to SI units using 1 cal = 4.184 J.
The standa¡d state was taken to be the hypothetical ideal solution of unit molality.
The solubility data of the tetraalkylammonium salts are scanty, and although
Lindenbaum (15) provides a convenient source of solubility data, his values were only
intended to be approximate and where possible more reliable solubilities were used. His
activity coefficient data is without question the most substantial available, but suffers
since it does not usually extend to high enough concentrations requiring slight
extrapolations. The quoted values in Table A3. corresponded to his obtained activity
coeffr.cient at the highest measurable concentration and was therefore, not necessarily the
value used in entropy calculations.
Tetramethylammonium chloride:- Four values of enthalpy of solution have been reported
(1,2,3,4) giving an average of AHosel = 4.4! 0.2 kJ mol-1. The activity coefficient and
estimate of the solubility was available from Lindenbaum (15) giving ASosol = 71.6 J K-l
mol-1.
Appendix A3 A-17
Table 43. Enthalpy and Enropy of Solution of Teüaalkylammonium Halides
Compound ÂHsol
(J mol-l)
Ave. ÂH5s1
(J mol-l)
Activity^{x
Solubility
S (mol kg-l¡
ASsol
(J mol-l)
Me¿N-CI
Me¿N-Br
Me¿N-I
Et¿N-Cl
EqN-Br
Et¿N-I
Pr¿N-Cl
Pr4N-Br
Pr¿N-I
BuaN-Cl
Bu4N-Br
Bu¿N-I
PeaN-ClPe4N-BrPe¿N-I
HexaN-I
4,079 (t)4,435 (2)4,519 (3)4,602 (4)24,267 (t)24,493 (5)24,769 (6)24,602 (3)24,686 (4)42,070 (t)42,049 (7)41,798 (8)42,t75 (2)42,384 (3)42,258 (4)
-t2,845 (6)-t2,970 (t)-t2,636 (9)6,234 (6)5,774 (9)27,907 (6)28,200 (8)27,907 (t)28,517 (9)28,702 (3)28,033 (4)
-22,175 (t0)
-4,31O-4,250-4,602
11,54811,569
(10)(11)(3)(10)(8)
-30,543 (r2)
-9,205 (t2)-8,661 (5)
-8,580 (13)15,899 (r2)
-38,200 (10)3,222 (t0)t7 400 (14)
38,300 (14)
4,409+ 230
24,563+ 194
42,122+ 201
-L2,817+ 168
6,004+ 32528,22r+ 343
-22,175
-4,397+ 188
11,559+14
-30,543
-8,815+ 339
15,899
-38,2003,222r7,400
38,300
1.s96 (15)
0.349 (1s)0.4620 (7)
0.s40 (r5)
1.98s (ls)
0.619 (1s)
0.199 (1s)
3.74s (1s)
0.439 (1s)
0.332 (rs)
0.688 (15)
0.0e1 (15)
I
1
1
1
1
19.060 (ls)
s.s8s (1s)6.3s3 (7)
0.2314o.2714
0.2624(0.2740 (
(1s)(7)
16a)16b)
9.47r (rs)8.5076 (16c)
12.6s (1s)r4.74 (r7)r.927 (rs)
1.7554 (16c)1.9068 (16b)1.8r7 (18)
18.66 (1s)19.00 (1e)8.964 (1s)10.73 (19)
0.50750.626
0.s9630.61915.6120.5326.392r.48
(15)(1e)(16c)(1 8)(15)(1e)(15)(1e)
0.06s8 (14)
40.28 (1e)0.232 (19)1.8e-3 (14)
4.5e-4 (r4)
1r.6
100.391.s6 (7)
rto.2110.08 (7)
5.6
s5.3
78.0
-3.6
11.1
rt.4
-57.9
- 16.5
8.1
-66.7- 13.5-46.7
0.3
Appendix A3 A-18
Tetramethylammonium Bromide:- The enthalpy of solution of the bromide salt has been
reported in five articles (I,3,4,5,6) giving an average of AHosol = 24.6 + 0.1 kJ mol-I.
The activity coefficient and solubility were available from two sources (7,15) and differ
somewhat. The data of Levine (7) are believed to be more accurate and were used to
obtain ASosol = 100.3 J K-l mol-l, fairly close to her previously reported value of 91.6 J
K-l mol-l zurd the value of 98.1 J K-l mol-l calculated using Lindenbaum's data.
Tetramethylammonium Iodíde:- Six values of the enthalpy of solution (1,2,3,4,'7 ,8) were
averaged to give AHosol = 42.1 + 0.2 kJ mol-I. Th¡ee values of solubility are in close
agreemenr (7,I6a,I6b) giving S = 0.268 + 0.006 mol kg-l. The approximate solubility of
Lindenbaum (15) was somewhat lower and was discarded. His limited activity coefficient
data were linearly fit to obtair y+ = 0.576 corresponding to the average solubility. The
resultant entropy of solution ÂSosol = 110.2 J K-1 mol-l is in good agteement with the
two previously reported values (7,18).
Tetraethylammoníum chloríde:- Three reported enthalpies of solution (1,6,9) give an
average of AHos61 = -12.8 + 0.1 kJ mol-l. The activity coefficients of Lindenbaum (15)
were f,rt to a quadratic. Two available solubilities (15,16c) do not agree. The older value
of Peddle and Turner correspondS to y+ = I.872 and aSossl = 3'0 J K-l mol-l' V/hile the
approximate solubility of Lindenbaumcorresponds to y+ =2.275 andÂSoss¡= 8.1 JK-l
mol-l. Lacking further solubility data it is difficult to prefer one derived entropy over
another, giving an average, ASosol = 5.6 * 3.6 J K-l mol-1.
Tetraethylammonium Bromide:- Two reported enthalpies of solution (6,9) were averaged
to give AHosol = 6.0 * 0.3 kJ moll . The activity coefficient data above 5 molal obtained
by Lindenbaum (15) were fit linearly to obtain estimates of the activity coefficients. The
two reported solubilities are quite different. Using the value of Giacomelli (17) S = 14.74
corresponds to y+ = 0.576 and yields ASosol = 55.7 J K-l mol-l compared to ASorol =
54.9 J K-1 mol-1 using Lindenbaum's solubility (15) S = 12.65 and y+ = 0.638. These
two values average to give ASosol = 55.3 t 0.5 J K-1 mol-1.
Appendix A3 A-19
Tetraethylammonium iodide:- Six values of the enthalpy of solution have been reported
(1,3,4,6,8,9) giving an average of AHosot=28.2 + 0.3 kJ mol-l. Four values of
solubility give an average of S = 1.85 + 0.07 mol kg-l and the activity coefficient of
Lindenbaum (15) was used to obtain ASosol = 78.0 J K-l mol-1 , in close agreement with
the value of Johnson (18).
Tetrapropylammonium chloride:- Krishnan (10) has reported the enthalpy of solution,
ÀHosol = -22.2 kJ mol-l. The activity coefficient was taken from Lindenbaum (15) and
two solubilities agree closely (15,19) giving S = 18.8 + 0.2 mol kg-l , yielding ASos6¡ =
-3.6 J K-1 mol-1.
Tetrapropylammonium bromide:-Three enthalpies of solution have been reported
(3,10,11) averaging to AHo.ot= -4.4 + 0.1 kJ mol-l The activity coefficient was taken
from Lindenbaum (15). The activity coefficients have also been reported by Pepala (20)
and were in good agreement with Lindenbaum but did not extend to high enough
concentrations. Although two values of solubility have been reported (15,19), Wen (21)
has studied the density up to 10 molal; indicating that the value of Lindenbaum must be a
poor estimate of the solubility. The solubility of Nakayama (19) was therefore used
yielding ASosol = 11.1 J K-l mol-I.
Tetrapropylammonium iodide¡ The two reported enthalpies of solution (8,10) agree
closely giving AHosol = 11.56 + 0.1 kJ mol-I. Of the four reported solubilities the value
of Lindenbaum (15) again seems to be somewhat low and was discarded. The remaining
solubilities ',vere averaged to give S = 0.61 + 0.01 mol kg-l. The corresponding activity
coefficient f + = 0.317 was extrapolated from the data of Lindenbaum (15) using a
quadratic f,rt, giving an entropy of solution ASosol = ll.4 J K-l mol-l.
Tetraburylammonium chloride:- The enthalpy of solution was available from Fuchs (12).
The two reported solubilities (14,15) differ substantially. The higher concentrations and
Appendix A3 A-20
the corresponding activity coefficients of Lindenbaum (15) were fit to a quadratic to
obtain exrrapolated activity coefficients. For the solubility of Lindenbaum (15) S = 15.61,
y+ = 0.715 giving ÀSosol = -62.3 J K-l mol-1 and for the solubility of Nakayama (14)
S = 20.53, \+ = 0.927 giving ASosot = -53.5 J K-l moll. There is no reason to reject
either of these values giving an average entropy of solution ASosol = -57.9 + 6 J K-1
mol-l.
Tetraburylammonium bromide:- Three values of enthalpy of solution have been reported
(5,12,13) giving an average of AHo5s1 = -8.8 + 0.3 kJ mol-I. The activity coefficients of
Lindenbaum (15) show little change at high concentrations and the lowest reported value
y+ = 0.091 was used here. Like the previous sample two values of solubility have been
reported which differ substantially and again there is no apparent reason to reject either
value. Using the solubility of Lindenbaum (15) gives ASosol = -14.6 J K-1 mol-l
compared to ASossl = -18.4 J K-l mol-l using Nakayama's (19) reported solubility
giving an average entropy of solution ASosol = -16.5 t2.61K-l mol-l'
Tetrabutylammonium iodíde:- The enthalpy of solution was reported by Fuchs (12) and
was combined with the solubility of Nakayama (14) to yield ASosot = 8.1 J K-l mol-l.
There was no activity coefficient data available in the literature and unity was assumed.
Tetrapenrylammonium chloride:- No activity coefficient data were available in the
literature. The enthalpy of solution of Krishnan (10) was combined with the solubility of
Nakayama (19) to yield the entropy of solution ASosol = -66.7 J K-l mol-l assuming unit
activity.
Tetrapenrylammonium bromide:- The enthalpy of solution from Krishnan (10) was
combined with the solubility of Nakayama (19) to give ASosol = -13.5 J K-l mol-1
assuming unit activity.
Appendix A3 A-21
Tetrapenryammoniuim iodide:- The enthalpy of solution was determined non
calorimetrically by Nakayama (14). Two solubilities have been reported. The older value
of Peddle and Turner (16c) was discarded as it was far larger than the value of Nakayama
(14) which was in fair agreement with a value determined by Franks (22) at 26 oC. Unit
activity was assumed; giving ASosol = -46.7 J K-1 moll.
Tetrahexylammonium lodide¡ This is the only hexyl salt for which an enthalpy of
solution has been reported. The enthalpy of solution was determined non calorimetrically
by Nakayama (14). It was combined with his solubility (14) assuming unit activity to
obtain ASosol = 0.3 J K-l mol-l.
Appendix A3 A-22
I
Literature Cited.
R. C. Weast, (Ed.), Handbook of Chemistry and Physics 50th edn., D-76
(Chemical Rubber Company: Ohio 1970).
C. V. Krishnan and H. L. Freidman, J. Phys. Chem.,74(II),2356, (1970).
R. H. Boyd, J. Chem. Phys.,51(4), 1470, (1969).
M. F. C. Ladd, Z. Phys. Chem. (Frankfurt),72,91, (1970).
M. J. Mastroianni and C. M. Criss, J. Chem. Thermodyn', 4,32I, (1970).
Y. V/u and H. L. Friedman, J. Phys. Chem.,70(6), 2020, (1966).
B. J. Levien, Aust. J. Chem., 18, 1161, (1965).
Om. N. Bhatnager and C. M. Criss, J. Phys. Chem.,73(l), 114, (L969).
E. M. Arnett and D. R. McKelvey, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 88(1I),2598, (1966)'
C. V. Krishnan and H. L. Friedman, J. Phys. Chem.,73(Il),3934, (1969).
C. de Visser and G. Somsen, J. Phys. Chem.,78(17), 1719, (1974)-
R. Fuchs, J. L. Bear, and R. F. Rodewa\d, J. Amer. Chem. Soc.,9I(21), 5797 '
(1e6e).
C. de Visser and G. Somsen, J. Chem. Thermodyn',5,147, (1973).
H. Nakayama, H. Kuwata, N. Yamamoto, Y. Akagi, and H. Matsui, -Bøl/.
Chem. Soc. Jpn., 62,985, (1989).
S. Lindenbaum and G. E. Boyd, J. Phys. Chem.,68(4),911, (1964).
W. F. Linke and A. Seidell, Solubilities of Inorganic and Metal Organic
Compounds 4th edn., 682-704 (Van Nostrand Company Inc.: New York
1953); a Hill (1917), b Walden (1906), c Peddle and Tumer (1913).
A. Giacomelli and R. Menicagli, Ann. Chim. (Rome),59(10), 860, (1969).
D. A. Johnson and J. F. Martin, J. C. S. DaltonTrans.,15, 1585, (1973).
H. Nakayama, BulI. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 54,37I7, (1981).
C. N. Pepela and P. Dunlop, J. Chem. Thermodyn.,4, ll5, (1972)-
W-Y. Wen and S. Saito, J. Phys. Chem.,68(9), 2639, (1964)-
F. Franks and D. L. Clarke, J. Phys. Chem.,71'(4),1155, (1'967).
1
J.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
t2.
r3
t4
15
16
t7.
18.
19.
20.
2t.
22.
A-23
Appendix A4
Calibration of Pycnometers.
Initially the mass of the tare minus the mass of the empty pycnometer was
determined. Then the pycnometers were filled with Milli-Q water and degassed. The mass
difference of the full pycnometer minus the tare, was then recorded as a function of the
height of water from a predetermined scratch ma¡k.
Measurements of height were accomplished using a cathetometer after
equilibration in a 25 oC water bath for at least I/2 hour. The pycnometers were then
removed from the bath, dried, polished and placed near the balance to equilibrate for at
least l/2 hour before weighing.
If we assume a uniform cross-sectional capillary area the radius of each
pycnometer; in cm; can be determined using;
1l- ah *
".p-
where ðm/âh is the slope of a plot in g cm-l and pw is the density of water taken to be
0.991048 g cm-3. The plots also provided the intercept; equal to M1,
Ml = mass pycnometer full of water to mark - mass of tare
From this the mass of water to the mark was determined using:
mass to mark = Ml + (mass tare - mass empty pycnometer)
and the corresponding volume to the mark was determined by division of the water
density.
Appendix A4 A-24
Vma¡k =mass to mark
Pw
All the relevant constants have been tabulated in Table 44. for the four
pycnometers considered and the appropriate calibration plots appear in Fig. A4.I. - A4.4.
Table A4.
Pycnometer 1 Pycnometer 3 Pycnometer 4 Pycnometer 53
slope (g mm-l)
slope error
intercept (M1)
intercept error
radius (cm)
mass tare - mass empty
mass water to mark
Volume to mark (cm3)
0.001168
0.00001
1.8624
0.0004
0.0611
29.1025
30.9649
31.0566
0.001307
0.00004
-0.9856
0.0005
0.0646
31.0036
30.0178
30.1067
0.001172
0.00004
0.6812
0.001
0.0612
3r.3154
31.9960
32.0913
0.001210
0.00002
0.2063
0.0005
0.0622
31.1575
31.3638
31,.4567
Cleaning.
The pycnometers were cleaned by soaking overnight with chromic acid and
rinsing four times with Milli-Q water. The pycnometers were then rinsed with AR
Methanol and oven dried before use.
Sample Measurements.
The height and mass of each pycnometer containing solution was recorded in a
similiar manner to that used for the calibration. Although only one measurement of height
and corresponding mass for each solution was required, in practice the density of solution
was calculated from the average of two or more heights and corresponding masses. The
values were corected to obtain M2, the mass of solution to the mark minus the mass of
tare, and the density was obtained using;
1.88
1.87
!'aà 1.86
1.85
1.84
-o.97
-0.98
-0.99
-1.00
-20
-10
-10 10
Height from mark (mm)
Fig.44.1. Calibraúon plot of Pycnometer 1.
-5 5
Height from Mark (mm)
0 20
10
Fà
0
Fig. A4.2. Calibration plot of Pycnometer 3.
FÀ
0.7r
0.70
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
o.23
0.22
FI-à 0.2r
0.20
0.19
-13 -9
-15 -11
-5 1 3 7 11
5 9
Height from mark (mm)
Fig.44.3. Calibration plot of Pycnometer 4.
-7 -3 1
Height from mark (mm)
I
+
Fig.44.4. Calibration plot of Pycnometer 53
Appendix A4 A-27
lrsol - \, . ^' v marK( 1
Pa
Pm) * pwater
M2-M1
in conjunction with an iteration method. The values pa and Pm a¡e the densities of air and
the balance weights, taken tobe 1.2 x 10-3 and 8.4 g cm-3, respectively.
A-28
Appendix A5
Experimental Data and Fitting Parameters.
Tabulations of extensive data were summanzed in this appendix to avoid any
distraction when reading the main body of the text. All fitting parameters used and
discussed in the main body are also tabulated here. Selected plots of some data have been
included together with a line representing the calculated "best fit" values to give an
indication of the typical goodness of fit. Fitting parameters were estimated by non linea¡
least-squares analysis of data using DATAFIT (1). All calculations were performed on a
Sun 4/280 computer. Some of the nitrate data fitted here were kindly supplied by Philippe
Guarilloff prior to submission of his thesis.
Section I - Density Data.
All the densities discussed in Chapter 2 are tabulated here (Tables 45.1 - 45.10).
The "best fit" parameters for each individual data set are gathered in Table 45.11. Density
measurements were the average of at least four determinations at each concentration. The
method of determination was described in Appendix 44.
Although rhere was very linle difference between fits of density to the Root
equation or to the corresponding Redlich-Meyer equation, the Root equation was used for
the discussions in Chapter 2. It was believed that the concentrations were not sufficiently
high to w¿uïant the use of the derived Redlich-Meyer equation. Additionally, the Root
equation had previously been used to investigate these salts and were the only literature
values available for comparison. Therefore, although the Redlich-Meyer equation was
more recent, the Root equation was simpler and equally well explained the concentration
dependence of density and was adopted here. The extended form of the Root equation
was found to give large errors in the coefficient, by
Appendix A5 A-29
Although htting of the concentration dependence of the apparent molar volumes to
the Masson relation also gave reasonable estimates of Quo , and are included here, they
were again not used for any of the calculations in Chapter 2. At low concentrations when
the measured solution density approached that of the pure solvent the error in the apparent
mola¡ volume increased sharply, such that a 6 ppm error in density could result in a
3 cm3 mol-l difference in the apparent molar volume (2). For this reason fits which
extrapolated on the basis of density, rather than apparent molar volumes, were preferred.
Section II - Viscosity Data.
The relative viscosity of all aqueous solutions studied in this work are gathered in
this section. The B coefficients reported in Chapter 4 were obtained from fits of viscosity
to the Jones and Dole equation for samples of low concentration (strictly < 0.1 M).
However, for the corection of relaxation times reported in Chapter 5 a higher
concentration range was required and in this case the full data were fit to the extended
Jones and Dole equation. All frtting parameters appeü in Table A5.22.In all cases the A
coefficient was considered to be a constant determined from conductance measurements
(3) using the Falkenhagen equation.
Of all the salts considered only benzyltributylammonium chloride was taken to
significantly high concentrations. As can be seen in Fig. 45.9. the Jones and Dole
equation begins to fail for such high concentrations and the extended Jones and Dole
equation (inset in Fig. 45.9.) becomes a more appropriate method of frtting.
Section III - NMR Data.
The concentration dependence of the spin-lattice relaxation time was interpreted as
arising almost exclusively to simple ion pair formation in solution. Estimates of
associations constants were obtained by fitting the concentration dependence of viscosity
corrected relaxation times to the slow exchange model. The free and bound relaxation
Appendix A5 A-30
times of the nitrate anion, T¡ and T6, were taken to be 130 and 9 ms, respectively. A full
description of the methodology is provided in Chapter 5.
Appendix A5 A-31
Section I . Density Data 25 oL
Table 45. l. Benzyltrimethylammonium chloride
Conc. (M) Density (e cm-l¡ 0u (cm3 mol-l)
Expt. Calc. a Calc. b Expt. Calc. c
0.00787s0.008336O.0089220.O140470.02647 t0.05390¡0.O824910.1982450.2887360.57230t
0.9971830.997r770.997198o.9972840.9974830.997927o.9984341.000s07L.OO2L79r.007702
0.9971740.997r82o.997r910.9972750.9974800.9979430.9984351.0005011.002180t.007702
0.997t830.997t910.997201o.9972890.997s010.9979710.9984631.000500r.002t521.007709
169.067170.736169.384169.403169.767t69.894169.398168.750168.427167.579
169.846169.838169.829t69.753169.6L4t69.39s169.222t68.725168.436167.746
a-b-c-
P=Po+aC-6ç3/2p=po+aC-6ç3/2+cC2
0u=quo+Su*€
Table A5.2. Benzyltriethylammonium chloride
Conc. (M) Densitv (e cm-3) 0u (cm3 mol-l)
Expt. Calc.a Calc.b Expt. Calc.c
0.00421t0.0045920.00899s0.0186250.O3240¿,0.0488020.0573700.10125t0.1521230.22273t0.2758720.32684e
0.9971810.9971570.9972r20.9973680.9976200.9979200.9980700.9987980.9997591.001067t.0020571.003008
0.9971210.997r270.9972030.9973700.9976120.9979010.9980530.9988390.9997631.001062r.0020521.003009
0.997r230.997t300.9972070.9973770.9976200.9979090.9980600.9988400.9997561.001052r.0020471.003019
196.844204.6892r0.t7821r.227210.753210.5362r0.5872r7.tzl210.580210.357210.2442r0.166
2t0.798210.7562t0.7122r0.6702r0.65t2t0.5722r0.4992r0.4162t0.3612r0.3r4
P=Po+aC-6ç312p=po+aC-6ç3/2+cC2
0u=Ouo+Sv*{e
a-b-c-
clI
Eobo
o
1.008
1.006
1.004
1.002
1.000
0.998
0.9960 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60
C(M)
Fig. 45.1. Density of aqueous solutions of benzyltrimethylammonium chloride at
25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best ht of the data using pammeters obtained
from a non-linear least-squares f,rt of the data to the Root equation.
c.lIH
(,)
bo
o-
1.004
1.003
r.002
1.001
1.000
0.999
0.998
0.997Qr 0.10 0.20
C(M)
0.30 0.40
Fig. 45.2. Density of aqueous solutions of benzyltriethylammonium chloride at25 oC
The full line corresponds to the best fit of the data using pammeters obtained from a
non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Root equation.
Appendix A5 A-y
Table 45.3. Benzyltripropylammonium chloride
Conc. (M) Densiw (e cm-3) Qu (cm3 mol-l)
Expt. Calc. a Calc. b f*Pt. Cut".'+0.00584e0.01042s0.01952e0.O339320.04563q0.0611920.09171s0.0984670.1164020.1450530.21723e0.3993330.686102
0.997t240.9971740.9972620.9973820.9974980.9976050.9978620.9979720.9982320.9984640.99930s1.00160s1.006134
0.9970920.997r280.9972030.9973280.9974340.9975830.9978890.9979590.9981500.9984650.9993111.0017131.006093
0.9971O3o.997146o.9972310.997367o.9974790.9976290.99793r0.9979990.9981830.9984830.9992841.0015981.006137
257.609258.523259.649260.766260.7s026t.50926r.73826t.228260.437260.848260.2r9259.194257.357
260.374260.334260.275260.206260.t60260.108260.02r260.004259.962259.900259.7672s9.509259.203
a-b-c-
P=Po+aC-bC3/2p=po+aC-bc3l2+cCZ
0u=ouo+su*{c
Table 45.4. Benzyltributylammonium chloride
Conc. (M) Densitv (e cm-3) Quo (cm3 mol-l)
Expt. Calc.a Calc.b Expt. Calc.c
0.0055530.01295t0.02075s0.0396100.0624460.10104r0.15898¿0.25394t0.38111+0.5431500.67131ø
0.9971150.997rr30.9971,690.9973150.9974100.9976740.9981060.9989111.0001311.001802r.003248
0.9970750.9971r40.997r570.9972690.9974r50.9976830.9981230.9989221.0001151.0018021.003250
0.9970850.997r340.9971850.9973r00.9974640.9977320.9981570.9989161.00006s1.0017601.003291
300.756307.833307.015306.105307.050306.650306.189305.506304.750304.085303.601
306.061305.978305.913305.796305.688305.54430s.372305.148304.907304.653304.478
a-b-c-
P=Po+aC-6ç312p=po+aC-bc3l2+cC2
0u=quo+Su*{e
Cî.E
(-)
äo
o-
1.008
1.006
1.004
t.o02
1.000
0.998
0.996Qi 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
C(M)
Fig. 45.3. Density of aqueous solutions of benzyltripropylammonium chloride at
25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best fit of the data using parameters obtained
from a non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Root equation.
CîI
E()äo
o-
1.004
1.002
1.000
0.998
0.9960 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
C(M)
Fig. 45.4. Density of aqueous solutions of benzyltributylammonium chloride at
25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best frt of the data using parameters obtained
from a non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Root equation.
Appendix A5 A-37
Table 45.5. Benzyltripentylammonium chloride
Conc. (M) Density (e cm-3) quo (cm3 mol-l)
Expt. Calc.a Calc.b E*pt. Calc.c
0.0055800.01904¿0.0308800.0392720.0604850.08877s0.1035820.1 174860.1890000.2859450.416372
0.9970500.997058o.9970780.9970740.9970880.9971360.9971810.99726r0.9973840.9976890.998036
0.9970520.9970650.9970780.9970890.9971210.9971690.9971970.9972240.9973850.9976450.9980s9
0.9970560.9970760.9970930.9971050.9971360.9971810.9972060.99723t0.99737 50.9976240.998066
354.689354.52r354.074354.384354.385354.054353.760353.230353.26s352.800352.668
354.7t9354.472354.325354.238354.052353.8s0353.7s6353.67s353.3r7352.928352.497
a-b-c-
P=Po+aC-6ç312p=po+aC-6ç3/2+cC20u=Qvo+Sv*1re
Table 45.6. Benzyltrimethylammonium nitrate
Conc. (M) Density (e cm-l¡ Quo (cm3 mol-l¡
Expt. Calc.a Calc.b Expt. Calc.c
0.00745e0.00974s0.0213800.04834r0.07652+0.0904300.14266e0.2237400.43378t0.702502
0.9972220.9973430.9976900.9984890.9993150.9997221.0012351.0035661.0095021.016854
0.9972730.9973410.9976890.9984890.9993180.9997251.0012421.0035701.0094841.016861
0.9972720.9973400.9976870.99848s0.9993t40.99972r1.001240r.0035721.0094931.016857
t89.482182.526t82.76r182.981183.166r83.223t83.444183.660184.083184.601
t82.639182.766r82.963183.1 151 83.1 80183.386183.641I 84.1 38184.618
P=Po+aC-bc3l2p=po+aC-bC3/2+cC2
0u=0.ro+Sv*1re
a-b-c-
o
o
o
o
0.9982
0.9980
0.9978
0.9976
0.9974
0.9972
0.9970
cnÉ()èo
è
0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50
c(M)
Fig. 45.5. Density of aqueous solutions of benzyltripentylammonium chloride at
25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best f,rt of the data using parameters obtained
from a non-linear least-squares f,rt of the data to the Root equation.
Appendix A5 A-39
Table A5.7. Benzyltriethylammonium nitrate
Conc. (M) Density (e cm-:¡ Quo (cm3 mol-l)
Expt. Calc.a Calc.b Expt. Calc.c
0.0085920.0138450.02529e0.03641e0.0583990.0950600.12983ø0.21526+0.4292320.560652
0.99728r0.9974200.9977320.9980300.9986310.9996221.0005451.0028801.008168r.0t1240
0.9972930.9974410.9977610.9980690.9986710.9996601.0005831.0028031.008131r.ort274
0.9972890.9974360.9977s30.9980600.9986620.9996551.0005831.0028181.0081521.011255
227.900228.r3s227.963228.039227.893227.927228.069227.910229.r00229.695
227.708227.766227.86t227.934228.0s1228.204228.324228.s63229.O03229.2r8
a-b-c-
P=Po+aC-6ç312p=po+aC-6ç3/2+cC20v=qvo+Sn*€
Table 45.8. Benzyltripropylammonium nitrate
Conc. (M) Densitv (e cm-3) quo (cm3 moll)
Expt. Calc.a Calc.b Expt. Calc.c
0.00745s0.0094120.0152470.0322560.06983e0.15567+0.23684s0.36199¿,0.43326g
0.9971810.9972750.9972430.9976150.9982540.99974r1.0010801.003145r.044278
0.9971800.9972t50.9973180.9976150.9982650.9997241.0010801.0030351.004288
0.9971810.9972r5o.9973180.9976160.9982670.9997271.0010821.003134r.004286
279.392279.482284.450279.647279.9s6279.927280.203280.385280.54r
280.592280.585280.569280.533280.479280.396280.337280.264280.228
a-b-c-
P=Po+aC-6ç312p=po+aC-6ç312+cC2
0u=quo+Sv*{e
Appendix A5 440
Table 45.9. Benzyltributylammonium nitrate
Conc. (M) Densitv (e cm-3) Quo (cm3 mol-l)
Expt. Calc.a Calc.b Expt. Calc.c
0.0082540.0110930.02140s0.0395750.0784010.1792460.34944s0.5632180.80s628
0.9972250.9972810.9974830.99786r0.9986151.0006761.0039731.008063r.ot2623
0.9972180.9972770.9974880.9978s8o.9986421.000651t.0039771.008069r.012620
0.9972r9o.9972770.9974890.9978s90.9986441.0006s3r.0039761.008067t.01262l
317.975318.4163 19.100318.8783r9.4363t9.r82319.606319.867320.092
3r8.576318.605318.688318.7943t8.9573t9.245319.s83319.903320.r99
a-b-c-
p=po+aC-6ç312p=po+aC-6ç3/2+cC2Qu=Quo+Su*€
Table A5. 10. Benzyltripentylammonium nitrate
Conc. (M) Density (e cm-l¡ Quo (cm3 mol-l)
E*Pt. Calc.a Calc.b Expt. Calc.c
0.O071250.0098520.01264t0.0323600.039380
0.9971690.9972r50.9972640.9975920.997713
0.9971690.9972150.9972620.9975940.997712
0.9971690.9972r50.9972620.997s940.9977t2
364.654364.694364.545364.826364.7s3
364.623364.644364.662364.760364.787
a-b-c-
P=Po+aC-6ç312p=po+aC-6ç312+cCZ
0u=Quo+Sv*1re
Appendix A5 A-41
Table 45.11. Least squares parameters and derived coefficients from molarity fits of densityto the derived density equations from either the Masson or Redlich-Meyer equations andfrom fits of apparent molar volumes to the Masson equation.
Salt 100 a 1000 b 0uo(cm3 moll)
Su*@m3 Yrl2 ro13/2¡
bv(cm3 L mol-2)
BzMe3NCl
BzEr3NCl
BzPr3NCl
BzBu3NCl
BzPe3NCl
BzMe3NNO3
BzEt3NNO3
BzPr3NNO3
BzBu3NNO3
BzPe3NNO3
1.5706L.t29r
1.6998r.7826
0.685810.94815
0.441000.67524
0.044660.16165
2.9t262.954r
2.89522.8250
2.07892.0868
1.7109r.7r37
-3.8473-4.7984
-2.t699-4.6167
-7.6352-7.7375
-5.8933-6.0683
-3.0701-4.8762
0.99947-0.39s88
4.77872.7031
t.6262-0.16707
r.3036-2.20r4
168.9170. l211.42t0.6210.9263.8
260.5308.4306. l306.2354.6353.43ss.0r82.4
182.62r82.37226.0226.7227.5279.3279.3280.7
318.63318.55
318.4364.5364.5364.5
-3.1 + 0.7-2.2 + 0.6
-1.5 + 1.9-5.9 + 0.1
-3.9 + 0.42.6 + 0.1
2.68 + 0.084.8 + 0.5
_0.6 + 2.61.6 + 0.1
2.0 + 0.41.3 + 1.1
1.4 + 0.8
-4.8 + 0.2
-4.6 + 0.6
-6.r + o.2
0.6 + 0.1
2.7 + O.3
0.0 t 0.5
-0.17 + 0.07
-2.2 + 3.6
170.05 + 0.06 -3.86 + 0.09
0.70.30.1o.70.10.11.10.20.r0.10.10.060.030.20.1
++++t++++t+t+++++t+++++++++++
1.r26
0.10.20.30.1
o.20.30.11.00.080.050.10.20.10.1
1
1
2.3.
0.60.4
-1.0 +-7.7 +
2.50.4
++
2.3 + 0.51.8 + 0.5
-7.8 t 0.1
-4.9 + 0.5
1.7908 1.8190r.7945 0.030689
Appendix A5 A42
Section II . Viscosity Data 25 oC
Table A5.12. Benzylrimethyl ammonium chlorideto = 381'96 s'
Conc. (M) r1, (Expt.) n. (Calc.) a Ir (Calc') b
0.0138530.02057s0.03651s0.0435720.06097s0.07275s0.0854650.09632s0.105766
1.005971.008831.015101.017841.02464t.029071.033571.037381.04072
1.005971.00864t.014871.01761r.024321.02884r.033711.03786
1.006511.008881.015191.017911.024521.028901.033541.037441.04078
a-b-
1'ìr=1+Ar/e+BC1'ì, = I +Ar/C+BC+DC2
Table 45. I 3. Benzyltriethylammonium chlorideto = 381'99 s'
Conc. (M) r¡. (Expt.) r1, (Calc.) a Ir (Calc.) b
0.O0347g0.0104530.0194200.03107¿0.O378220.04842s0.0596820.06966e0.07628s0.08875s0.0988020.1074470.1 15870
t.002421.006551.011531.01865t.02249r.028921.03575t.04215t.04602r.05417r.060261.065931.07160
t.002451.00680r.ot226r.oL927r.02330r.029621.03630r.04221r.046t21.053481.05941
t.00233r.00647r.0tr731.01859t.022591.028951.035601.04r951.046081.053961.06040t.06602r.07157
a-b-
1'lr=1+AIE+BCIr=1+ArE+BC+DC2
1.05
1.04
1.03
Ë r.o2
1.01
1.00
0.990 0.o2 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.r2
C(M)
Fig. 45.6. Relative viscosity of aqueous solutions of benzyltrimethylammonium
chloride at 25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best fit of the data using parameters
obtained from a non-lineil least-squares fit of the data to the Jones and Dole equation.
1.08
1.06
1.04
ÈF
t.02
1.00
0.98 0 0.o2 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12
C(M)
Fig. 45.7. Relative viscosity of aqueous solutions of benzyltriethylammonium chloride
at 25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best ht of the data using parameters obtained
from a non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Jones and Dole equation.
o
Appendix A5 445
Table 45.14. Benzy chloridero-
Conc. (M) r¡. (Expt.) q. (Calc.) a îr (Calc.¡ b
s.
0.0069400.0136820.0206520.0360100.0407200.0523Ot0.06345a0.07011+0.0871010.t020200.r0202s0.1094910.121917
1.007461.013481.02034t.035371.040071.05133r.062561.068831.086201.101361.101121.10804t.t2rt9
r.00728t.oL3971.020831.035841.040421.051691.062501.068951.08539
t.N7 t4r.013721.02050t.035471.040061.05142t.062421.069001.085951.10098l.100981.108551.12t23
a.-
b-î. = 1 + ArE+BCI, = I +Ar/c+BC+DC2
Table 45. I 5. Benzyltributylammonium chlorideto = 381'69 s'
Conc. (M) '4, (Expt.) r1, (Calc.) a Ir (Calc.) b
0.00219000682e01599s027O1203996+05763¿,07176209125s
20647224097234827t
0.471O5g
1.005311.010251.02130r.03552r.05123r.075651.09486t.122671.16061t.2r07r1.254041.300961.36t54r.56929r.84276
r.003231.00952r.021751.036331.053401.076621.095t41.12068
1.003011.008861.020381.034401.051 171.074661.09398r.t274t1.158701.21055t.254521.30237t.362901.569991.84190
I 1678r15059s17793t
0000000000000
a- Ir = 1+Ar/õ+BC1'ìr = 1+Ar/e+BC+DC2b-
F
T.T4
t.t2
1.10
1.08
1.06
t.o4
r.02
1.00
0.98 0.10 0.12 0.140' o.o2 0.04 0.06 0.08
C(M)
Fig. 45.8. Relative viscosity of aqueous solutions of benzyltripropylammonium
chloride at25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best fit of the data using parameters
obtained from a non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Jones and Dole equation'
-
2.0
1.8
1.6
t.4
t.2
1.0
2.01.91.8
t.71.61.5
t.41.3
t.21.1
1.00.9
o
0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50
0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.500
C(M)
Fig. A5.9. Relative viscosity of aqueous solutions of benzyltributylammonium chloride
at25 oc.The full line corresponds to the best ht of the data using parameters obtained
from a non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Extended Jones and Dole equation'
The inset is the relative viscosity and best ht of the data to the Jones and Dole equation'
Appendix A5 A-48
Table 45. 1 6. Benzyltripentylammonium chlorideto = 383'73 s'
Conc. (M) r¡,. (Expt.) r1, (Calc.) a Ir (Calc.) b
0.0038020.00527¿0.00640g0.01506e0.O237470.03382s0.O4482s0.O5629t
1.008331.01156t.012321.03054t.042441.059871.077 5r1.09684
1.007031.009631.011631.027391.040861.0s939r.078431.09826
t.007641.010431.0t259t.02853t.04283r.06089r.078531.0959r
a-b-
rl. = 1+Ar/õ+BCî, = I +ArE+BC+DC2
1.10
1.08
1.06
o
0.980 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06
c@1)
Fig. 45.10. Relative viscosity of aqueous solutions of benzyltripentylammonium
chloride at25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best fit of the data using parameters
obtained from a non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Jones and Dole equation.
Ë 1.04
t.02
1.00
Appendix A5 A-50
Table 45. I 7. Benzyltrimethylammonium nitrate
Conc. (M) r¡, (Expt.) 11, (Calc.) a 1r (Calc-) b
to = 36.70 s.
0.0081460.0134430.01701¿0.02819r0.0358300.0641860.09075s0.1 100920.L445O7O.l445ot0.17360e0.19386r0.21316t0.24949s0.24949s0.2938950.33344t
0.00289¿0.0069250.01258sO.O234870.03849+0.06105e0.07884e0.098845
1.00361r.005471.006981.01099t.0t3761.02396r.032451.040911.05358t.052741.06438t.071821.082531.093161.095181.11310r.t2754
1.00116r.00257t.004741.008731.01411t.022051.028191.03515
r.003421.00541t.006721.01078r.01353r.02360t.03294
1.00136r.0029rr.00s001.008911.01419r.02204r.028t71.03504
1.003411.005391.006711.01080r.013571.023881.033611.04076t.05364r.05364t.06470t.072501.08000r.09434r.09434t.tt2221.12850
to = 382.51 s.
a-b-
lr=1+ArlC+BC1'1. = 1+Ar/e +BC+DC2
1.15
1.10
Þ 1.05
1.00
0.950 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40
C(M)
Fig. 45.11. Relative viscosity of aqueous solutions of benzyltrimethylammonium
nitrate at25 oC. The full line corresponds to the best fit of the data using parameters
obtained from a non-linear least-squares fit of the data to the Jones and Dole equation.
Appendix A5 A-52
Table A5. 18. Benzyltriethylammonium nitrateto = 103'64 s'
Conc. (M) q. (Expt.) q, (Calc.) a îr (Calc.) b
0.00168s0.003250O.00649t0.01254g0.0136160.0180500.02595q0.0518750.0816000.12195+0.25913s0.3157720.46818r0.6094130.829223
0.999631.000341.001391.005961.006671.009331.01304r.027711.04678r.06320t.tr6291.13915t.20422t.26123r.35172
1.00120r.o02t41.004001.007391.00798t.0t042r.0t474t.02872r.0446r
1.001081.001901.003541.006491.007011.00912r.012861.02491,1.038521.05675t.tr728t.t4L70r.2059rr.26353r.34971
a.-
b-îr=1+ArE+BC1'ì, = 1+ArE+BC+DC2
Table 45. 19. Benzylripropyto = 382'41
lammonium nitrates.
Conc. (M) q, (Expt.) q. (Calc ) a q, (Calc ) b
0.0031120.00718q0.01397a0.02743s0.0487020.0698700.0828620.09249+0.1002370.1393 1o0.1719370.22068t0.29277s0.35875s0.40163s
r.002701.006281.0t3461.026081.04s66r.06544r.077371.08638r.093821.108421.1 3582r.r7694r.24373r.3ro371.35609
1.003281.007221.01365r.02623r.045961.065501.077471.08633r.09345
1.002881.006321.011951.023001.040431.057871.068631.076631.083081.1 1593r.143751.186001.249901.310011.34990
a,- 1'ìr=l+Ar/C+BCl, = 1+ArE+BC+DC2b-
Appendix A5 A-53
Table A5.20. Benzyltributylammonium nitrateto = 381'66 s' a
Conc. (M) r1' (Expt.) q, (Calc.) b r'ìr (Calc ) c
0.0017850.0035560.00455e0.00785¡0.03005r0.0437300.06092t0.0832130.09963s0.17 547 o0.21833s0.28988¿0.3615700.482920
.00295
.003s5
.0051s
.00803
.03667
.05436
.07720
.t0622
.t2929
.24268
.3Lll4
.43734
.57805
.86273
1.002591.004951.006251.010551.038951.056311.07807t.106221.12692
1.002351.004471.005651.009551.036011.05285r.074681.10411rJ2663r.239971.31088t.440341.583981.85896
1
1
II1
1
1
1
1
1
1
III
a-
b-c-
relative viscosities above 0.1 M were determinedusing to = 195.76 s.
1r=1+Ar/õ+BCIr=1+Ar/e+BC+DC2
Table A5.21. Benzyltripentylammonium nitrateto = 383'87 s'
Conc. (M) q. (Expt.) t1, (Calc.) a rlr (Calc.) b
0.00073r0.00238t0.00419t0.00843¿0.01264t0.03235e0.039380
r.005931.007001.010861.01807r.02559t.0562s1.06571
r.00t47r.004451.008701.015021.022281.056071.06807
1.001811.005501.010641.01802r.026041.0s689r.06524
a- rlr=1+Ar/õ+BC"1r = 1+ArE+BC+DC2b-
Appendix A5 A-5/
Table A5.22. Coefficients of mola¡ity fits of viscosity to either theJones and Dole or the extended Jones and Dole equations of aqueoussolutions of benzyltrialkylammonium salts at 25 oC.
^
Compound Afakenhagen DB
BzMe3NCl
Bz.Er3NCl
BzPr3NCl
BzBu3NCI
BzPe3NCl
BzMe3NNO3
BzEt3NNO3
BzPr3NNO3
BzBu3NNO3
BzPe3NNO3
0.00710.00710.00750.007s0.00790.00790.00820.00820.00840.00840.0074 b
0.0074 b
0.0074 c
0.00780.00780.00830.00830.00860.00860.00890.0089
0.370 + 0.0010.386 + 0.0020.630 + 0.0040.54r + 0.0020.954 + 0.0030.931 + 0.004
1.30 + 0.011.190 r 0.004t.77 + 0.021.88 + 0.05
0.331 + 0.0010.336 + 0.0040.338 + 0.0020.52 + O.O20.448 + 0.03
0.906 + 0.0020.699 r 0.006
1.25 + 0.011.11+ 0.011.68 + 0.062.t6 + O.l
-0.2r + 0.02
0.47 + 0.02
0.33 + 0.04
r.24 + 0.0r
-3.83 + 1.1
0.11 + 0.01
-0.04 + 0.01
0.42 + O.0l
1.36 + 0.03
-1.38 + 4.56
a-
b-
c-
Fits to the Jones and Dole equation (rl. = 1 + Ari C +BC)
were restricted to concentrations stictly less than 0.lM, while
fits to the extended Jones and Dole equation
(q, = 1 + Ar/C +BC + DC2) utilize the full concentration
ranges given in Tables A5.12. - 1^5.21.
run 1: to = 36.70 s.
run 2: to = 382.51 s.
Appendix A5
Section III. NMR Data 25 oC
Table A5.23. Variation of spin-lattice relaxation time with concentration for aqueoussolutions of silver nitrate at 25 oC.
A-55
C (m) p G cm-3) u t'1, u C (M) T1 corr (ms) cby+
0.04990.08610.08610.20440.20440.39450.59660.78331.0693
1.0041r.00921.00921.02s81.0258r.05241.08061.10651.1460
00300053005s01250125024s
0.7710.7410.7410.6600.6600.5680.5080.4700.410
0.04970.08570.08570.20260.20260.38910.s8530.7649r.0370
tlt.2107.2t74.4110.7108.0100.8
94.592.3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0373050s073s
+ 10.4+ 8.3+ 7.5+ 7.5+ 7.8+ 6.1+ 5.0+ 4.9+ 3.787.0
a.-
b-
c-
Both density and viscosity were calculated using coefficients determined byJones and Colvin (4).
Activity coefficients were calculated from a fit of tabulated molal activitiycoefficients (5) upto I molal to an appropriate polynomial.
The error refers to one standard deviation of the mean.
Table A5.24. Variation of spin-lattice relaxation time with concentration for aqueoussolutions of calcium nitrate at25 oC.
C (m) p (g cm-3) u q, b Y+c C (M) T1 corr (ms) d
0.05330.09150.19550.37500.6042o.78540.78840.78841.0183
r.00471.0099r.0209r.04t3r.06741.08811.08841.0884t.Lt46
1.01551.024t1.04351.084s1.147 t1.204t1.205t1.205t1.2872
0.5300.4850.4320.3830.354o.3440.3440.3440.339
0.05320.09850.19340.36780.58680.77700.75980.75980.9725
90.7 + 10.378.3 + 5.368.r + 4.755.6 + 2.847.r + r.343.7 + r.640.1 + t.24r.2 + r.237.6 + t.0
a-
b-
c-
Density was calculated from a linear fit of available data (6) upto I molal.
Viscosity was calculated from a fit of available data (7) to quadratic.
Activity coefficients were calculated from a fit of tabulated molal activitiycoefficients (5) upto 1 molal to an appropriate polynomial.
The error refers to one standa¡d deviation of the mean.d-
Appendix A5
Table A5.25. Variation of spin-lattice relaxation time with concentration for aqueous
solutions of barium ninate at25 oC.
A-56
C (m) p (C cm-:¡ . t1. b y+c C (M) T1 corr (ms) d
0.05380.10250.15000.20070.25060.30380.3270
t.00621.0159r.02531.03531.04511.05571.0603
1.01051.0182
0257
0.4770.4280.3860.3470.3160.29r0.282
0.05340.10140.14800.t9740.24580.2971o.3194
76.3 +66.3 +61.1 +49.9 +45.4 +43.8 +40.4 +
033s042¡05 1¿
0552
8.57.35.63.2
I1
1
1
I
2.64.01.5
a-
b-
c-
d-
Density was interpolated linearly from available data (8).
Viscosity was calculated using the coefficients of Doan and Sangster (8).
Activity coeff,rcients were calculated from a fit of tabulated molal activitiycoefficients (5) upto 1 molal to an appropriate polynomial.
The error refers to one standard deviation of the mean.
Table A5.26. Va¡iation of spin-lattice relaxation time with concentration for aqueous
solutions of lead nitrate at25 oC.
c (m) p (g cm-3) u t1, u C (M) Tl corr (ms) cbyr
o.04620.11050.19970.37260.56750.77240.9568
1.0099r.0279r.0526r.09931.1503r.2020r.2469
1.001s1.015rl.O34sL.075¿,I.l25s1.183q1.240t
0.4950.3760.3050.2380.2000.r740.156
0.04590.10960.r9720.36460.54950.73930.9059
69.0 + 1.955.7 + 1.845.7 + 1.439.3 + 1.533.3 + O.730.7 + 0.529.0 + 0.5
a-
b-
Both densitypolynomials.
and viscosity were calculated from fits of available daø (9) to
Molal activity coefficients were calculated using reported parameters (10).
The error refers to one standard deviation of the mean.c-
Appendix A5 A-57
Table A5.27. Va¡iation of spin-lattice rela¡<ation time with concentration foraqueous solutions of benzyltrialkylammonium nitrates at 25 oC.
c (M) p (e cm-r¡ u r'ì, u y+ b T1 corr. (ms) c
Benzyltrimethylammonium nitrate.
b' = 0.045
1.0506o.87t40.78110.68060.60470.46110.46110.37690.27780.27780.19600.t4950.12160.10060.0511
0.99100.99100.86s30.79120.69600.45700.3083o.235r0.16090.04830.02s4
1,.0262r.02141.0r901.01631.0t421.01021.0r021,.00791.00511.00511.00281.00141.00061.00000.9986
r.0226r.02261.01951.01761.01521.00901.00531.00331.00140.99840.9977
1.473t3752328t2790243s178¿,
.043a
.036r1.0186
1.45121.45121.397 61.36551.323sl.2l5s1.14831.11411.079s1.O2461.0133
0.7600.7550.7530.752o.752o.7540.7540.7580.7660.7660.7790.7900.7990.8070.839
0.7810.7810.7790.7780.7770.7800.7870.7950.8070.8530.879
1
I1
I1
1
1
1
1
II1
1
178¿,1427102ø102607lt053s
46.7 + 2.945.4 + 2.542.8 + I.346.7 + t.652.8 + 3.160.5 + 2.963.8 + 1.358.7 + 2.370.8 + 3.975.9 + 3.472.4 + 3.584.6 + 6.4
104.2 + 8.3101.0 + 7.2104.5 + 10.5
Benzyltriethylammonium nitraæ. d
b' = 0.03
23.6 + 0.723.2 + t.629.5 + r.625.1 + 1.829.r + 1.935.r + 2.546.5 + 2.453.4 + t.277.8 + 2.285.7 + 6.691.4 + t.2
Appendix A5 A-58
Table A5.27 . (continued).
c (M) p (s cm-l¡ u rl. u y+ b T1 corr (ms) c
Benzyltripropylammonium niuate.
b' = 0.125
0.57620.47520.39650.31780.r7930.13s00.05660.0396
1.00661.00501.00371.00251.0002o.99940.99810.9978
1.00611.00551.00551.00391.00211.00051.00000.99880.99880.99790.9976
0.9974o.9973
1.545¡1.43351.3490t.2690l.l42s1. l05z1.042g1.0300
1.7253l.66ts1.661q1.494el.34It1.21361.17731.09801.09801.044s1.027e
0.8580.8430.8330.8250.8210.8250.8500.863
0.9520.9410.9410.9140.8900.8730.8700.8680.8680.8810.894
0.8890.903
27.7 + t.428.r32.638.348.2s6.374.393.2
23.2r.2t.23.29.34.36.3 + 1.749.8 + 5.450.3 + 3.485.4 + 2.885.4 + 5.5
74.7 + 4.283.9 + 5.1
+ 2.4+ 1.8+ 1.9+ 3.1+ 3.8+ 9.8+ 6.8
Benzyltributylammonium nitrate. d
b' = 0.21
o.42850.40010.40010.32000.23800.16030.13620.07960.07960.03780.0234
6!O.45+1.23+r.4o!r.25+0.73+2.5
B enzyltripentylammonium nitrate.
b'=0
0.02090.0139
36s24+
1.01.0
a-
b-
both density and viscosity were calculated using coefficientsreported prèviously and resulted from a fit of experimental datato appropriate equations.
the calculation of activity coefficients were described Chapter 5.
the error in Tl refers to one standard deviation.
datafromreference 11.
c-
d-
Appendix A5 A-59
Table A5.28. Density, viscosity and spin-lattice relaxation times for aqueous
polymer-nitrate solutions at 25 oC.
polymer
c (M)
nitrate
C (M)
Density
(s cm-l¡
T1 corr b
(ms)
Ra 1r
Polybenzyltrimethylammonium chloride - Potassium nitrate.
0.000262
0.0004s9
0.000459
0.001004
0.001901
0.002968
o.o07126
0.000113
0.000291
0.000484
0.001036
0.001975
0.003087
0.004739
0.007674
0.008940
0.046963
0.048259
0.048259
0.050486
o.05r757
0.049724
0.046566
0.055483
0.051066
0.049651
0.049335
0.048848
0.051838
0.048100
0.050678
0.050774
180.2 c
105.6 d
105.6 d
50.5 d
273d16.8 c
6.6 c
1.006906
1.0r04t7
l.olo4t71.0r I 131
1.011097
1.006521
1.006660
1.006878
r.006022
1.010828
1.010790
1.010871
t.007t75
1.006756
1.007005
r.006293
1.033734
t.047398
r.047398
1.082539
1.135908
r.203181
r.515612
t73.4 + lr.2108.4 + 2.4
706.L + 2.2
92.7 + 3.0
77.7 + t.351.9 + 6.1
33.2+ r.9
120.3 + 9.7
to2.5 + 4.8
9L.I + r.767.9 + 2.1
51.8 + 1.2
44.3 + 2.8
34.4 + 4.8
20.5 + 3.7
20.5 + 4.0
Polybenzyltriethylammonium chloride - Potassium nirate.
494.8 c
176.s c
103.1d
47.8 d
24.8 d
16.9 c
10.2 c
6.6 c
5.6 c
L.Or54l4
1.026202
1.03777t
r.055577
r.092956
1.140665
1.236579
t.469922
1.554850
Appendix A5 A-60
Table A5.28. (continued).
polymer
c (M)
nrEate
C (M)
Density
(s cm-r¡
T1 corr b
(ms)
Ra flr
Polybenzyltripropylammonium chloride - Potassium nitrate.
0.000203
0.000510
0.000943
0.002160
0.003554
0.009790
0.047933
0.047426
0.048142
0.0481 12
0.044898
0.044489
238.0 c
93.4 d
51.3 d
223 d
r2.7 c
4.6 c
180.9 c
97.0 d
45.7 d
21.9 d
12.6 c
8.3 c
1.006930
1.010345
r.0ro473
1.010479
1.006984
r.007769
1.006796
t.010742
1.010504
r.010842
r.006624
1.007226
1.021547
t.o52t791.110954
r.243816
r.t921831.636858
r.022558
r.036928
1.057563
1.101512
1.189619
r.413169
97.7 + 8.3
69.1 + 2.4
52.9 + L.r
31.3 + 0.9
18.8 + 2.1
9.7 + 0.7
80.1
60.7
36.7
19.7
10.9
9.1
+ 6.7
+ 3.7
+ 2.O
+ 1.3
+ 1.1
+ 3.0
Polybenzyltributylammonium chloride - Potassium nitrate.
0.000252
0.000507
0.001056
o.oo2t57
0.004198
0.007017
0.045330
0.048984
0.048044
0.o47046
0.052720
0.048813
a-
b-
c-
d-
R is the mole ratio of nitrate to polymer.
the error refers to one standard deviation of the mean.
reference 11.
this work.
Appendix A5
11.
A-61
J
1
2
4
5
8
9
Literature Cited.
T. Kurucsev, J. Chem. Educ., 55, 128, (1978).
F. J. Millero, "The Partial Molal Volumes of Electrolytes in Aqueous Solutions",
in W ater and Aqueous Solutions : S tructure, T hernndy namics, and T ransport
Processes. (Ed. R. A. Horne), Chapter 13 (Wiley-Interscience: New York 1972).
B. J. Steel, A. S. Kayaalp, T. Kurucsev, D. Wa¡d and M. B. Jackson, Aust. J.
Chem., 43, 1983, (1990).
G. Jones and J. H. Colvin, J. Am. Chem.9oc.,62,338' (1940).
R. A. Robinson and R. H. Stokes, Electrolyte Solutions 3rd edn.
(Butterworths: London 1965).
L. Gmelin (Ed.), Gmelins Handbuchder Anorganíschenchemie, ca [B],356
(Verlag Chemie: Berlin 1950)
E. V/. Washburn (Ed.), International CriticalTables Vol. V. 1st edn.,
(McGraw Hill: New York 1929).
T. H. Doan and J. Sangster, J. Chem. Eng. Data, 26, l4l, (1981).
E. I. Chernen'kaya and O. M. Kuznetsova, Zh. Prikl' Khim'52(6),1255,
(1979); J. Appl. Chem. (Engl. Transl.) 1188, (1979).
R. N. Goldberg, J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data., 8(4), 1005, (1979).
P. Guarillofl PhD thesis, The University of Adelaide, (1994).
6
7
10
1
PUBLICATIONS
The following publications have arisen from work covered in this thesis:
14N Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Relaxation of the Nitrate Ion and Ion Pairing in
Aqueous Solution, Gary Owens, Philippe Gua¡illoff, Barry J. Steel and Tomas
Kurucsev, Aust. J. Chem., 48(2),207, (1995)-
2. Nitrate Selectivity of Ion-Exchange Resins and Their Model Compounds. II
Viscosity and Density of Benzyltrialkylammonium Salts in Aqueous Solution and
14N NtrrtR Relaxation of the Nitrate Ion., Gary Owens, Philippe Guarilloff and
Tomas Kurucsev, submitted for publication in Aust. J. Chem.
Owens, G., Guarilloff, P., Steel, B.J., and Kurucsev, T., (1995) 14N nuclear magnetic
resonance relaxation of the nitrate ion and ion pairing in aqueous solution.
Australian Journal of Chemistry, v. 48 (2), pp. 207-215.
NOTE:
This publication is included in the print copy
of the thesis held in the University of Adelaide Library.
Owens, G., Guarilloff, P., and Turucsev, T., (1995) Nitrate selectivity of ion-exchange
resins and of their model compounds. II. viscosity and density of
benzyltrialkylammonium salts in aqueous solution and 14N N.M.R. relaxation of the
nitrate ion.
Australian Journal of Chemistry, v. 48 (8), pp. 1401-1411.
NOTE:
This publication is included in the print copy
of the thesis held in the University of Adelaide Library.
It is also available online to authorised users at:
http://dx.doi.org/10.1071/CH9951401
THE UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDEBARR SMITH LIBRARY
Th shoul.l be reh,.-'ed no later than the last dar
"el.w l-ì r
ERiL:.,i¡ì. ',r; ',
Page 2,line 23-24:
Page3,line 4,6:
Page L6, line 9:
Page2S,line 4:
Page 46,line 23:
Page 47,line 14:
Page 5L, F,qn.2:
Page94,line 9:
Page 96, line 3:
Page L07,line 20:
Page l07,Ltne2l;
Page l2l,line 30:
Page l26,hne27:
Page I34,line 14:
Page l34,line 16:
Page l37,line 3:
Page l37,line 8:
Page l|l,line 28:
Figure caption 5.3
methaemoglobin
methaemoglobin
... was calculated ...
15 MÇ2 cm.
... low temperature and high pressure.
replace "¿+" and all subsequent appearances with (r +"
aMx
replace "difussion" by "diffusion"
replace "linearity" with "faithful agreement"
replace "function of both" by "linear combination of'
... relaxation times (or inverted relaxation times) of ...
All association constants, K¡, henceforth have the units dm3 mol-l.
... conductance measurements often yield association ...
delete "ou" from "benzyltrimethylammonioum"
... calculated here (Fig. 5.11.).
... comparison between samples was inferred to be possible
without serious error ...
"retards" and "results"
delete "counterion"
delete "(out of page)", the diagram is already in perspective.